Merged from the latest developing branch.
[MacVim.git] / src / screen.c
blob7f929ac0f7ef11bc9bb31df91862a6c65216871d
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen
13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized
14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts
15 * that changed.
17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently
18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands).
19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes.
20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[]
21 * for each line.
22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line.
24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form
25 * one character which occupies two display cells.
26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in
27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII
28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and
29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display
30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0.
31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters
32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used.
33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the
34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character).
36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating
37 * ScreenLines[].
39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines.
40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be
41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed.
43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with:
44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window)
45 * - w_topfill (filler line above the first line)
46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window),
47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line)
49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take
50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is
51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed.
53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call
54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and
55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen()
56 * later.
58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or
59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating
60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each
61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change
62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for
63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting.
65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or
66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold
67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window
68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later.
70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop')
71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the
72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later.
74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call
75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling
76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not
77 * change, use NOT_VALID then.
79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID).
80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible.
82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call
83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR).
85 * Things that are handled indirectly:
86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and
87 * update_screen() called to redraw.
90 #include "vim.h"
93 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen.
95 static int screen_attr = 0;
98 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position.
99 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char().
101 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */
103 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
104 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */
105 #endif
107 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
108 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */
109 #endif
112 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes).
114 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine;
116 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp));
117 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl));
118 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
119 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row));
120 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum));
121 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr));
122 #endif
123 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange));
124 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols));
125 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
126 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag));
127 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl))
128 #else
129 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width));
130 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c))
131 #endif
132 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
133 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row));
134 #endif
135 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
136 static void redraw_custom_statusline __ARGS((win_T *wp));
137 #endif
138 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
139 #define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0
140 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void));
141 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void));
142 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum));
143 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol));
144 #endif
145 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr));
146 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col));
147 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
148 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col));
149 #endif
150 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void));
151 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width));
152 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width));
153 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
154 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp));
155 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp));
156 #endif
157 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del));
158 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp));
159 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void));
160 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
161 static void draw_tabline __ARGS((void));
162 #endif
163 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
164 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin));
165 #endif
166 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
167 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr));
168 #endif
169 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
170 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int draw_ruler));
171 #endif
172 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
173 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always));
174 #endif
176 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
177 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */
178 static int screen_char_attr = 0;
179 #endif
182 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type).
183 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value.
184 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing.
186 void
187 redraw_later(type)
188 int type;
190 redraw_win_later(curwin, type);
193 void
194 redraw_win_later(wp, type)
195 win_T *wp;
196 int type;
198 if (wp->w_redr_type < type)
200 wp->w_redr_type = type;
201 if (type >= NOT_VALID)
202 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
203 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */
204 must_redraw = type;
209 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used
210 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen.
212 void
213 redraw_later_clear()
215 redraw_all_later(CLEAR);
216 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
217 if (gui.in_use)
218 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in
219 * gui_stop_highlight(). */
220 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1;
221 else
222 #endif
223 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */
224 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE;
228 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later.
230 void
231 redraw_all_later(type)
232 int type;
234 win_T *wp;
236 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
238 redraw_win_later(wp, type);
243 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later.
245 void
246 redraw_curbuf_later(type)
247 int type;
249 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type);
252 void
253 redraw_buf_later(buf, type)
254 buf_T *buf;
255 int type;
257 win_T *wp;
259 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
261 if (wp->w_buffer == buf)
262 redraw_win_later(wp, type);
267 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that
268 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn.
269 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line.
270 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command.
271 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot
272 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn.
274 void
275 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid)
276 linenr_T lnum;
277 int invalid UNUSED; /* window line height is invalid now */
279 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
280 int i;
281 #endif
283 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum)
284 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum;
285 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum)
286 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum;
287 redraw_later(VALID);
289 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
290 if (invalid)
292 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */
293 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum);
294 if (i >= 0)
295 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
297 #endif
301 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer
303 void
304 update_curbuf(type)
305 int type;
307 redraw_curbuf_later(type);
308 update_screen(type);
312 * update_screen()
314 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull
315 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline.
317 void
318 update_screen(type)
319 int type;
321 win_T *wp;
322 static int did_intro = FALSE;
323 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
324 int did_one;
325 #endif
327 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */
328 if (!screen_valid(TRUE))
329 return;
331 if (must_redraw)
333 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */
334 type = must_redraw;
336 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird
337 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous
338 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a
339 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */
340 must_redraw = 0;
343 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */
344 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID)
345 type = NOT_VALID;
347 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called
348 * recursively. */
349 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen)
351 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */
352 must_redraw = type;
353 if (type > INVERTED_ALL)
354 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */
355 return;
358 updating_screen = TRUE;
359 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
360 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of
361 * display updating */
362 #endif
365 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down
367 if (msg_scrolled)
369 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
370 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */
371 type = CLEAR;
372 else if (type != CLEAR)
374 check_for_delay(FALSE);
375 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL)
376 type = CLEAR;
377 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
379 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled)
381 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled
382 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP
383 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0
384 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
386 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp);
387 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP;
389 else
391 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID;
392 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
393 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp)
394 <= msg_scrolled)
395 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
396 #endif
400 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
401 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
402 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
403 #endif
405 msg_scrolled = 0;
406 need_wait_return = FALSE;
409 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */
410 compute_cmdrow();
412 /* Check for changed highlighting */
413 if (need_highlight_changed)
414 highlight_changed();
416 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */
418 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */
419 type = NOT_VALID;
422 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */
423 check_for_delay(FALSE);
425 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
426 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */
427 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID
428 && curwin->w_nrwidth != (curwin->w_p_nu ? number_width(curwin) : 0))
429 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID;
430 #endif
433 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do.
435 if (type == INVERTED)
436 update_curswant();
437 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type
438 && !((type == VALID
439 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid
440 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
441 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill
442 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill
443 #endif
444 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
445 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
446 || (type == INVERTED
447 && VIsual_active
448 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
449 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode
450 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL)
451 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant)
452 #endif
454 curwin->w_redr_type = type;
456 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
457 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */
458 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID)
459 draw_tabline();
460 #endif
462 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
464 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed
465 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once.
467 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
469 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set)
471 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
472 win_T *wwp;
474 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */
475 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next)
476 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer)
477 break;
478 # endif
479 if (
480 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
481 wwp == wp &&
482 # endif
483 syntax_present(wp->w_buffer))
484 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer);
487 #endif
490 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need
491 * it.
493 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
494 did_one = FALSE;
495 #endif
496 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
497 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL;
498 #endif
499 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
501 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
503 cursor_off();
504 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
505 if (!did_one)
507 did_one = TRUE;
508 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
509 start_search_hl();
510 # endif
511 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
512 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */
513 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel())
514 clip_update_selection();
515 # endif
516 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
517 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because
518 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under
519 * it. */
520 if (gui.in_use)
521 gui_undraw_cursor();
522 #endif
524 #endif
525 win_update(wp);
528 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
529 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */
530 if (wp->w_redr_status)
532 cursor_off();
533 win_redr_status(wp);
535 #endif
537 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
538 end_search_hl();
539 #endif
541 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
542 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster
543 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */
544 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
545 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE;
546 #else
547 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE;
548 #endif
550 updating_screen = FALSE;
551 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
552 gui_may_resize_shell();
553 #endif
555 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may
556 * mess up the command line. */
557 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
558 showmode();
560 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */
561 if (!did_intro && bufempty()
562 && curbuf->b_fname == NULL
563 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
564 && firstwin->w_next == NULL
565 #endif
566 && vim_strchr(p_shm, SHM_INTRO) == NULL)
567 intro_message(FALSE);
568 did_intro = TRUE;
570 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
571 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is
572 * done. */
573 if (gui.in_use)
575 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */
576 if (did_one)
577 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
578 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE);
580 #endif
583 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI)
584 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void));
585 static void update_finish __ARGS((void));
588 * Prepare for updating one or more windows.
589 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness.
591 static void
592 update_prepare()
594 cursor_off();
595 updating_screen = TRUE;
596 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
597 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may
598 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */
599 if (gui.in_use)
600 gui_undraw_cursor();
601 #endif
602 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
603 start_search_hl();
604 #endif
608 * Finish updating one or more windows.
610 static void
611 update_finish()
613 if (redraw_cmdline)
614 showmode();
616 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
617 end_search_hl();
618 # endif
620 updating_screen = FALSE;
622 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
623 gui_may_resize_shell();
625 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is
626 * done. */
627 if (gui.in_use)
629 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */
630 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
631 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE);
633 # endif
635 #endif
637 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
638 void
639 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum)
640 buf_T *buf;
641 linenr_T lnum;
643 win_T *wp;
644 int doit = FALSE;
646 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
647 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0;
648 # endif
650 /* update/delete a specific mark */
651 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
653 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0)
655 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline
656 && lnum < wp->w_botline)
658 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum)
659 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum;
660 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum)
661 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum;
662 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
665 else
666 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
667 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
668 doit = TRUE;
671 /* Return when there is nothing to do or screen updating already
672 * happening. */
673 if (!doit || updating_screen)
674 return;
676 /* update all windows that need updating */
677 update_prepare();
679 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
680 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
682 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
683 win_update(wp);
684 if (wp->w_redr_status)
685 win_redr_status(wp);
687 # else
688 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0)
689 win_update(curwin);
690 # endif
692 update_finish();
694 #endif
697 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
699 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg.
700 * Used for the GUI scrollbar.
702 void
703 updateWindow(wp)
704 win_T *wp;
706 /* return if already busy updating */
707 if (updating_screen)
708 return;
710 update_prepare();
712 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
713 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */
714 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel())
715 clip_update_selection();
716 #endif
718 win_update(wp);
720 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
721 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */
722 if (redraw_tabline)
723 draw_tabline();
725 if (wp->w_redr_status
726 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
727 || p_ru
728 # endif
729 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
730 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL
731 # endif
733 win_redr_status(wp);
734 #endif
736 update_finish();
738 #endif
741 * Update a single window.
743 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the
744 * screen or scrolling lines).
746 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also
747 * implies the one below it.
748 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window
749 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible
750 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID
751 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area
752 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area
753 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline
754 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down
755 * 3. redraw changed text:
756 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between
757 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot.
758 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between
759 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot.
760 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid.
761 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom.
762 * This results in three areas that may need updating:
763 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down)
764 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text)
765 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up)
767 static void
768 win_update(wp)
769 win_T *wp;
771 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer;
772 int type;
773 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs
774 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */
775 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs
776 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */
777 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs
778 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */
779 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs
780 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */
781 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
782 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when
783 w_topline got smaller a bit */
784 #endif
785 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
786 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
787 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */
788 #endif
790 int row; /* current window row to display */
791 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */
792 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */
793 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */
795 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */
796 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */
797 int i;
798 long j;
799 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */
800 int old_botline = wp->w_botline;
801 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
802 long fold_count;
803 #endif
804 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
805 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if
806 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */
807 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */
808 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */
809 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */
810 int did_update = DID_NONE;
811 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */
812 #endif
813 linenr_T mod_top = 0;
814 linenr_T mod_bot = 0;
815 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
816 int save_got_int;
817 #endif
819 type = wp->w_redr_type;
821 if (type == NOT_VALID)
823 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
824 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
825 #endif
826 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
829 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */
830 if (wp->w_height == 0)
832 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
833 return;
836 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
837 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */
838 if (wp->w_width == 0)
840 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */
841 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0);
842 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
843 return;
845 #endif
847 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
848 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous
849 * match */
850 cur = wp->w_match_head;
851 while (cur != NULL)
853 cur->hl.rm = cur->match;
854 if (cur->hlg_id == 0)
855 cur->hl.attr = 0;
856 else
857 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id);
858 cur->hl.buf = buf;
859 cur->hl.lnum = 0;
860 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0;
861 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
862 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */
863 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm));
864 # endif
865 cur = cur->next;
867 search_hl.buf = buf;
868 search_hl.lnum = 0;
869 search_hl.first_lnum = 0;
870 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */
871 #endif
873 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
874 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */
875 i = wp->w_p_nu ? number_width(wp) : 0;
876 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i)
878 type = NOT_VALID;
879 wp->w_nrwidth = i;
881 else
882 #endif
884 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0)
887 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be
888 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw
889 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while).
891 type = NOT_VALID;
893 else
896 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of
897 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes.
899 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top;
900 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0)
901 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1;
902 else
903 mod_bot = 0;
904 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */
905 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0;
906 if (buf->b_mod_set)
908 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top)
910 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top;
911 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
912 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included
913 * in a pattern match. */
914 if (syntax_present(buf))
916 mod_top -= buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks;
917 if (mod_top < 1)
918 mod_top = 1;
920 #endif
922 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot)
923 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot;
925 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
926 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a
927 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a
928 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible
929 * lines above the change.
930 * Same for a match pattern.
932 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL
933 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog))
934 top_to_mod = TRUE;
935 else
937 cur = wp->w_match_head;
938 while (cur != NULL)
940 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL
941 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog))
943 top_to_mod = TRUE;
944 break;
946 cur = cur->next;
949 #endif
951 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
952 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp))
954 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb;
957 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or
958 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected.
959 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first
960 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first
961 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two.
964 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to
965 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline.
966 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb
967 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */
968 lnumt = wp->w_topline;
969 lnumb = MAXLNUM;
970 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
971 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
973 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top)
974 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1;
975 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot)
977 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum;
978 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating
979 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */
980 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
981 ++lnumb;
985 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL);
986 if (mod_top > lnumt)
987 mod_top = lnumt;
989 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */
990 --mod_bot;
991 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL);
992 ++mod_bot;
993 if (mod_bot < lnumb)
994 mod_bot = lnumb;
996 #endif
998 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below
999 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline.
1000 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was
1001 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */
1002 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline)
1004 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline)
1005 mod_top = wp->w_topline;
1006 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1007 else if (syntax_present(buf))
1008 top_end = 1;
1009 #endif
1012 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below
1013 * inserted/deleted lines. */
1014 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu)
1015 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1019 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when
1020 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled.
1022 if (type == REDRAW_TOP)
1024 j = 0;
1025 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
1027 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1028 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows)
1030 top_end = j;
1031 break;
1034 if (top_end == 0)
1035 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */
1036 type = NOT_VALID;
1037 else
1038 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */
1039 type = VALID;
1042 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will
1043 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still
1044 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not
1045 * called. */
1046 if (screen_cleared)
1047 screen_cleared = MAYBE;
1050 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw,
1051 * handle three cases:
1052 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down
1053 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up
1054 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in
1055 * w_lines[] that needs updating.
1057 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID
1058 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL)
1059 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1060 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill
1061 #endif
1064 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top)
1067 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done
1068 * further down.
1071 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid
1072 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum
1073 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1074 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum
1075 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill)
1076 #endif
1080 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down.
1082 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1083 if (hasAnyFolding(wp))
1085 linenr_T ln;
1087 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence
1088 * of folded lines as one */
1089 j = 0;
1090 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln)
1092 ++j;
1093 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2)
1094 break;
1095 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL);
1098 else
1099 #endif
1100 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline;
1101 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */
1103 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1);
1104 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1105 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */
1106 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline)
1107 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
1108 - wp->w_old_topfill;
1109 #endif
1110 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */
1113 * Try to insert the correct number of lines.
1114 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom.
1115 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it.
1117 if (i > 0)
1118 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1119 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK)
1121 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0)
1123 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the
1124 * first one that scrolled down. */
1125 top_end = i;
1126 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
1127 scrolled_down = TRUE;
1128 #endif
1130 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable
1131 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */
1132 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height)
1133 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height;
1134 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--)
1135 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j];
1136 while (idx >= 0)
1137 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE;
1140 else
1141 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1143 else
1144 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1146 else
1147 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1149 else
1152 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up.
1153 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that
1154 * needs updating.
1157 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */
1158 j = -1;
1159 row = 0;
1160 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++)
1162 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1163 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline)
1165 j = i;
1166 break;
1168 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1170 if (j == -1)
1172 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all
1173 * lines */
1174 mid_start = 0;
1176 else
1179 * Try to delete the correct number of lines.
1180 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum.
1182 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1183 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines,
1184 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */
1185 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline)
1186 row += wp->w_old_topfill;
1187 else
1188 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline);
1189 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */
1190 row -= wp->w_topfill;
1191 #endif
1192 if (row > 0)
1194 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1195 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK)
1196 bot_start = wp->w_height - row;
1197 else
1198 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1200 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0)
1203 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still
1204 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info
1205 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set
1206 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing.
1208 bot_start = 0;
1209 idx = 0;
1210 for (;;)
1212 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j];
1213 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still
1214 * valid (no lines deleted) */
1215 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row
1216 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height)
1218 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1;
1219 break;
1221 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size;
1223 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */
1224 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1226 wp->w_lines_valid = idx;
1227 break;
1230 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1231 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top
1232 * when it won't get updated below. */
1233 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0)
1234 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size =
1235 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE)
1236 + wp->w_topfill;
1237 #endif
1242 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When
1243 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen
1244 * first. */
1245 if (mid_start == 0)
1247 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1248 if (lastwin == firstwin)
1250 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or
1251 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE
1252 * then. */
1253 if (screen_cleared != TRUE)
1254 screenclear();
1255 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
1256 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */
1257 if (redraw_tabline)
1258 draw_tabline();
1259 #endif
1263 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be
1264 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear()
1265 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to
1266 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */
1267 if (screen_cleared == TRUE)
1268 must_redraw = 0;
1270 else
1272 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */
1273 mid_start = 0;
1274 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1277 if (type == SOME_VALID)
1279 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */
1280 mid_start = 0;
1281 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1282 type = NOT_VALID;
1285 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
1286 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */
1287 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer)
1288 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID))
1290 linenr_T from, to;
1292 if (VIsual_active)
1294 if (VIsual_active
1295 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode
1296 || type == INVERTED_ALL))
1299 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole
1300 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is
1301 * gained or lost.
1303 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum)
1305 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1306 to = VIsual.lnum;
1308 else
1310 from = VIsual.lnum;
1311 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1313 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */
1314 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from)
1315 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1316 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to)
1317 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1318 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from)
1319 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1320 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to)
1321 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1323 else
1326 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines
1327 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor
1328 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed.
1330 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum)
1332 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1333 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1335 else
1337 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1338 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1339 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */
1340 from = to;
1343 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum
1344 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col)
1346 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from
1347 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0)
1348 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1349 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to)
1350 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1351 if (VIsual.lnum < from)
1352 from = VIsual.lnum;
1353 if (VIsual.lnum > to)
1354 to = VIsual.lnum;
1359 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant:
1360 * update all lines.
1361 * First compute the actual start and end column.
1363 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
1365 colnr_T fromc, toc;
1367 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc);
1368 ++toc;
1369 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL)
1370 toc = MAXCOL;
1372 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol
1373 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol)
1375 if (from > VIsual.lnum)
1376 from = VIsual.lnum;
1377 if (to < VIsual.lnum)
1378 to = VIsual.lnum;
1380 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc;
1381 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc;
1384 else
1386 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */
1387 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum)
1389 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1390 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1392 else
1394 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1395 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1400 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window.
1402 if (from < wp->w_topline)
1403 from = wp->w_topline;
1406 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to
1407 * the lines that are visible in the window.
1409 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE)
1411 if (from >= wp->w_botline)
1412 from = wp->w_botline - 1;
1413 if (to >= wp->w_botline)
1414 to = wp->w_botline - 1;
1418 * Find the minimal part to be updated.
1419 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid.
1420 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets
1421 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line.
1422 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text
1423 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for
1424 * mid_end (in srow).
1426 if (mid_start > 0)
1428 lnum = wp->w_topline;
1429 idx = 0;
1430 srow = 0;
1431 if (scrolled_down)
1432 mid_start = top_end;
1433 else
1434 mid_start = 0;
1435 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */
1437 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid)
1438 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1439 else if (!scrolled_down)
1440 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1441 ++idx;
1442 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1443 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid)
1444 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum;
1445 else
1446 # endif
1447 ++lnum;
1449 srow += mid_start;
1450 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1451 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */
1453 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid
1454 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1)
1456 /* Only update until first row of this line */
1457 mid_end = srow;
1458 break;
1460 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1465 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer)
1467 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode;
1468 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1469 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum;
1470 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col;
1471 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant;
1473 else
1475 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0;
1476 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0;
1477 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0;
1478 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0;
1480 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */
1482 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
1483 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */
1484 save_got_int = got_int;
1485 got_int = 0;
1486 #endif
1487 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1488 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0;
1489 #endif
1492 * Update all the window rows.
1494 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */
1495 row = 0;
1496 srow = 0;
1497 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */
1498 for (;;)
1500 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_
1501 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */
1502 if (row == wp->w_height)
1504 didline = TRUE;
1505 break;
1508 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */
1509 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
1511 eof = TRUE;
1512 break;
1515 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt
1516 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */
1517 srow = row;
1520 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it
1521 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid.
1522 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using
1523 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it.
1524 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will
1525 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is
1526 * the same again, just update until the end of the window.
1528 if (row < top_end
1529 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end)
1530 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1531 || top_to_mod
1532 #endif
1533 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid
1534 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start)
1535 || (mod_top != 0
1536 && (lnum == mod_top
1537 || (lnum >= mod_top
1538 && (lnum < mod_bot
1539 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1540 || did_update == DID_FOLD
1541 || (did_update == DID_LINE
1542 && syntax_present(buf)
1543 && (
1544 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1545 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp)
1546 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) ||
1547 # endif
1548 syntax_check_changed(lnum)))
1549 #endif
1550 )))))
1552 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1553 if (lnum == mod_top)
1554 top_to_mod = FALSE;
1555 #endif
1558 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines
1559 * up or down to minimize redrawing.
1560 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end.
1561 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol is non-zero, keep the "$".
1563 if (lnum == mod_top
1564 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM
1565 && !(dollar_vcol != 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1))
1567 int old_rows = 0;
1568 int new_rows = 0;
1569 int xtra_rows;
1570 linenr_T l;
1572 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which
1573 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are
1574 * currently displayed. */
1575 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
1577 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid
1578 * lines are part of the changed area. */
1579 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1580 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot)
1581 break;
1582 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1583 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1584 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1585 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot)
1587 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot.
1588 * Add following invalid entries. */
1589 ++i;
1590 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid
1591 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
1592 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size;
1593 break;
1595 #endif
1598 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1600 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines,
1601 * need to redraw until the end of the window.
1602 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */
1603 bot_start = 0;
1605 else
1607 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window
1608 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */
1609 j = idx;
1610 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l)
1612 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1613 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL))
1614 ++new_rows;
1615 else
1616 #endif
1617 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1618 if (l == wp->w_topline)
1619 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE)
1620 + wp->w_topfill;
1621 else
1622 #endif
1623 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE);
1624 ++j;
1625 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2)
1627 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */
1628 new_rows = 9999;
1629 break;
1632 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows;
1633 if (xtra_rows < 0)
1635 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough
1636 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the
1637 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text
1638 * below the scrolled text. */
1639 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2)
1640 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1641 else
1643 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1644 if (win_del_lines(wp, row,
1645 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL)
1646 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1647 else
1648 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows;
1651 else if (xtra_rows > 0)
1653 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough
1654 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the
1655 * rest. */
1656 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2)
1657 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1658 else
1660 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1661 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows,
1662 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL)
1663 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1664 else if (top_end > row + old_rows)
1665 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires
1666 * updating down. */
1667 top_end += xtra_rows;
1671 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[]
1672 * entries. */
1673 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j)
1675 if (j < i)
1677 int x = row + new_rows;
1679 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */
1680 for (;;)
1682 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */
1683 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1685 wp->w_lines_valid = j;
1686 break;
1688 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i];
1689 /* stop at a line that won't fit */
1690 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size
1691 > wp->w_height)
1693 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1;
1694 break;
1696 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size;
1697 ++i;
1699 if (bot_start > x)
1700 bot_start = x;
1702 else /* j > i */
1704 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */
1705 j -= i;
1706 wp->w_lines_valid += j;
1707 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height)
1708 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height;
1709 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i)
1710 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j];
1712 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are
1713 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above.
1714 * Reset to zero. */
1715 while (i >= idx)
1717 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0;
1718 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE;
1725 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1727 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them.
1728 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when
1729 * 'wrap' is on).
1731 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo);
1732 if (fold_count != 0)
1734 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row);
1735 ++row;
1736 --fold_count;
1737 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE;
1738 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count;
1739 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1740 did_update = DID_FOLD;
1741 # endif
1743 else
1744 #endif
1745 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid
1746 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid
1747 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum
1748 && lnum > wp->w_topline
1749 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE)
1750 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height
1751 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1752 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0
1753 #endif
1756 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here,
1757 * will draw "@ " lines below. */
1758 row = wp->w_height + 1;
1760 else
1762 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1763 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum);
1764 #endif
1765 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1766 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */
1767 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum
1768 && syntax_present(buf))
1769 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1);
1770 #endif
1773 * Display one line.
1775 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0);
1777 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1778 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE;
1779 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum;
1780 #endif
1781 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1782 did_update = DID_LINE;
1783 syntax_last_parsed = lnum;
1784 #endif
1787 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum;
1788 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE;
1789 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */
1791 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */
1792 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1793 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE);
1794 ++idx;
1795 break;
1797 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1798 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow;
1799 ++idx;
1800 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1801 lnum += fold_count + 1;
1802 #else
1803 ++lnum;
1804 #endif
1806 else
1808 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */
1809 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size;
1810 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */
1811 break;
1812 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1813 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1;
1814 #else
1815 ++lnum;
1816 #endif
1817 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1818 did_update = DID_NONE;
1819 #endif
1822 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
1824 eof = TRUE;
1825 break;
1829 * End of loop over all window lines.
1833 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid)
1834 wp->w_lines_valid = idx;
1836 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1838 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here.
1840 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(buf))
1841 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1);
1842 #endif
1845 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last
1846 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit.
1848 wp->w_empty_rows = 0;
1849 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1850 wp->w_filler_rows = 0;
1851 #endif
1852 if (!eof && !didline)
1854 if (lnum == wp->w_topline)
1857 * Single line that does not fit!
1858 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited.
1860 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1;
1862 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1863 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow)
1865 /* Window ends in filler lines. */
1866 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1867 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow;
1869 #endif
1870 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */
1873 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end.
1875 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1,
1876 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
1877 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
1878 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT));
1879 set_empty_rows(wp, srow);
1880 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1882 else
1884 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
1885 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1888 else
1890 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1891 draw_vsep_win(wp, row);
1892 #endif
1893 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */
1895 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
1896 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1897 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline);
1898 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill)
1901 * Display filler lines at the end of the file
1903 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1)
1904 i = '-';
1905 else
1906 i = fill_diff;
1907 if (row + j > wp->w_height)
1908 j = wp->w_height - row;
1909 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED);
1910 row += j;
1912 #endif
1914 else if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1915 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1917 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */
1918 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */
1919 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
1922 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */
1923 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
1924 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1925 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill;
1926 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill;
1927 #endif
1929 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1932 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each
1933 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive
1934 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the
1935 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to
1936 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was
1937 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on
1938 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw
1939 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it
1940 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where
1941 * changes are relevant).
1943 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE;
1944 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive)
1946 recursive = TRUE;
1947 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE;
1948 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */
1949 if (must_redraw != 0)
1951 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */
1952 i = curbuf->b_mod_set;
1953 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE;
1954 win_update(curwin);
1955 must_redraw = 0;
1956 curbuf->b_mod_set = i;
1958 recursive = FALSE;
1962 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
1963 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */
1964 if (!got_int)
1965 got_int = save_got_int;
1966 #endif
1969 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
1970 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp));
1973 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in.
1975 static int
1976 draw_signcolumn(wp)
1977 win_T *wp;
1979 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
1980 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
1981 || usingNetbeans
1982 # endif
1985 #endif
1988 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2"
1989 * as the filler character.
1991 static void
1992 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl)
1993 win_T *wp;
1994 int c1;
1995 int c2;
1996 int row;
1997 int endrow;
1998 hlf_T hl;
2000 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN)
2001 int n = 0;
2002 # define FDC_OFF n
2003 #else
2004 # define FDC_OFF 0
2005 #endif
2007 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2008 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2010 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */
2011 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2012 n = wp->w_p_fdc;
2014 if (n > 0)
2016 /* draw the fold column at the right */
2017 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp))
2018 n = W_WIDTH(wp);
2019 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2020 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
2021 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2023 # endif
2024 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2025 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2027 int nn = n + 2;
2029 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */
2030 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2031 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2032 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2033 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n,
2034 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC));
2035 n = nn;
2037 # endif
2038 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2039 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF,
2040 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2041 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2042 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF,
2043 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2045 else
2046 #endif
2048 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2049 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
2051 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */
2052 n = 1;
2053 if (n > wp->w_width)
2054 n = wp->w_width;
2055 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2056 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n,
2057 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT));
2059 #endif
2060 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2061 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
2063 int nn = n + wp->w_p_fdc;
2065 /* draw the fold column at the left */
2066 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2067 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2068 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2069 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn,
2070 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2071 n = nn;
2073 #endif
2074 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2075 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2077 int nn = n + 2;
2079 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */
2080 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2081 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2082 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2083 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn,
2084 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC));
2085 n = nn;
2087 #endif
2088 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2089 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
2090 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2092 set_empty_rows(wp, row);
2095 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2097 * Display one folded line.
2099 static void
2100 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row)
2101 win_T *wp;
2102 long fold_count;
2103 foldinfo_T *foldinfo;
2104 linenr_T lnum;
2105 int row;
2107 char_u buf[51];
2108 pos_T *top, *bot;
2109 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1;
2110 int len;
2111 char_u *text;
2112 int fdc;
2113 int col;
2114 int txtcol;
2115 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
2116 int ri;
2118 /* Build the fold line:
2119 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window
2120 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn'
2121 * 3. Add the 'number' column
2122 * 4. Compose the text
2123 * 5. Add the text
2124 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text
2126 col = 0;
2129 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window
2130 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left.
2132 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2133 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
2135 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type;
2136 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
2137 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2138 if (enc_utf8)
2139 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
2140 #endif
2141 ++col;
2143 #endif
2146 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn'
2148 fdc = wp->w_p_fdc;
2149 if (fdc > W_WIDTH(wp) - col)
2150 fdc = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2151 if (fdc > 0)
2153 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum);
2154 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2155 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2157 int i;
2159 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc,
2160 hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2161 /* reverse the fold column */
2162 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i)
2163 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i];
2165 else
2166 #endif
2167 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2168 col += fdc;
2171 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2172 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \
2173 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2174 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \
2175 else \
2176 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2177 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v
2178 #else
2179 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2180 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v
2181 #endif
2183 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' column and the text */
2184 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col);
2186 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2187 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */
2188 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2190 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2191 if (len > 0)
2193 if (len > 2)
2194 len = 2;
2195 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2196 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2197 /* the line number isn't reversed */
2198 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col,
2199 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2200 else
2201 # endif
2202 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2203 col += len;
2206 #endif
2209 * 3. Add the 'number' column
2211 if (wp->w_p_nu)
2213 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2214 if (len > 0)
2216 int w = number_width(wp);
2218 if (len > w + 1)
2219 len = w + 1;
2220 sprintf((char *)buf, "%*ld ", w, (long)lnum);
2221 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2222 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2223 /* the line number isn't reversed */
2224 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len,
2225 hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2226 else
2227 #endif
2228 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2229 col += len;
2234 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set.
2236 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf);
2238 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */
2241 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold".
2242 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put
2243 * in columns number-col - window-width.
2245 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2246 if (has_mbyte)
2248 int cells;
2249 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO];
2250 int i;
2251 int idx;
2252 int c_len;
2253 char_u *p;
2254 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2255 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
2256 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */
2257 # endif
2259 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2260 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2261 idx = off;
2262 else
2263 # endif
2264 idx = off + col;
2266 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */
2267 for (p = text; *p != NUL; )
2269 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p);
2270 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
2271 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp)
2272 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2273 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0)
2274 # endif
2276 break;
2277 ScreenLines[idx] = *p;
2278 if (enc_utf8)
2280 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc);
2281 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0)
2283 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0;
2284 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2285 prev_c = u8c;
2286 #endif
2288 else
2290 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2291 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c))
2293 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
2294 int pc, pc1, nc;
2295 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
2296 int firstbyte = *p;
2298 /* The idea of what is the previous and next
2299 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */
2300 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2302 pc = prev_c;
2303 pc1 = prev_c1;
2304 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len);
2305 prev_c1 = u8cc[0];
2307 else
2309 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc);
2310 nc = prev_c;
2311 pc1 = pcc[0];
2313 prev_c = u8c;
2315 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0],
2316 pc, pc1, nc);
2317 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte;
2319 else
2320 prev_c = u8c;
2321 #endif
2322 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */
2323 #ifdef UNICODE16
2324 if (u8c >= 0x10000)
2325 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?';
2326 else
2327 #endif
2328 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c;
2329 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
2331 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i];
2332 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
2333 break;
2336 if (cells > 1)
2337 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0;
2339 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e)
2340 /* double-byte single width character */
2341 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1];
2342 else if (cells > 1)
2343 /* double-width character */
2344 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1];
2345 col += cells;
2346 idx += cells;
2347 p += c_len;
2350 else
2351 #endif
2353 len = (int)STRLEN(text);
2354 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col)
2355 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2356 if (len > 0)
2358 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2359 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2360 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len);
2361 else
2362 #endif
2363 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len);
2364 col += len;
2368 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */
2369 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2370 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2371 col -= txtcol;
2372 #endif
2373 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)
2374 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2375 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0)
2376 #endif
2379 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2380 if (enc_utf8)
2382 if (fill_fold >= 0x80)
2384 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold;
2385 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0;
2387 else
2388 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0;
2390 #endif
2391 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold;
2394 if (text != buf)
2395 vim_free(text);
2398 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text.
2399 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line.
2401 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2402 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer)
2404 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual))
2406 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */
2407 top = &curwin->w_cursor;
2408 bot = &VIsual;
2410 else
2412 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */
2413 top = &VIsual;
2414 bot = &curwin->w_cursor;
2416 if (lnum >= top->lnum
2417 && lnume <= bot->lnum
2418 && (VIsual_mode != 'v'
2419 || ((lnum > top->lnum
2420 || (lnum == top->lnum
2421 && top->col == 0))
2422 && (lnume < bot->lnum
2423 || (lnume == bot->lnum
2424 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e'))
2425 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE)))))))
2427 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
2429 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */
2430 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp))
2432 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp))
2433 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol;
2434 else
2435 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol;
2436 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V),
2437 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol);
2440 else
2442 /* Set all attributes of the text */
2443 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol);
2447 #endif
2449 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2450 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */
2451 if (wp->w_p_cuc)
2453 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol;
2454 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
2455 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol;
2456 else
2457 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol;
2458 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp))
2459 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr(
2460 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC));
2462 #endif
2464 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
2465 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE);
2468 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was
2469 * updated (saves a call to plines() later).
2471 if (wp == curwin
2472 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2473 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
2475 curwin->w_cline_row = row;
2476 curwin->w_cline_height = 1;
2477 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE;
2478 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW);
2483 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr".
2485 static void
2486 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr)
2487 int off;
2488 char_u *buf;
2489 int len;
2490 int attr;
2492 int i;
2494 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len);
2495 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2496 if (enc_utf8)
2497 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len);
2498 # endif
2499 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
2500 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr;
2504 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp".
2505 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0.
2507 static void
2508 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum)
2509 char_u *p;
2510 win_T *wp;
2511 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */
2512 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */
2514 int i = 0;
2515 int level;
2516 int first_level;
2517 int empty;
2519 /* Init to all spaces. */
2520 copy_spaces(p, (size_t)wp->w_p_fdc);
2522 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level;
2523 if (level > 0)
2525 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */
2526 empty = (wp->w_p_fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1;
2528 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that
2529 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */
2530 first_level = level - wp->w_p_fdc - closed + 1 + empty;
2531 if (first_level < 1)
2532 first_level = 1;
2534 for (i = 0; i + empty < wp->w_p_fdc; ++i)
2536 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum
2537 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level)
2538 p[i] = '-';
2539 else if (first_level == 1)
2540 p[i] = '|';
2541 else if (first_level + i <= 9)
2542 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i;
2543 else
2544 p[i] = '>';
2545 if (first_level + i == level)
2546 break;
2549 if (closed)
2550 p[i >= wp->w_p_fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+';
2552 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */
2555 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen.
2556 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached.
2557 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid.
2559 * Return the number of last row the line occupies.
2561 static int
2562 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange)
2563 win_T *wp;
2564 linenr_T lnum;
2565 int startrow;
2566 int endrow;
2567 int nochange UNUSED; /* not updating for changed text */
2569 int col; /* visual column on screen */
2570 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */
2571 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */
2572 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */
2573 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */
2574 char_u *line; /* current line */
2575 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */
2576 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */
2577 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */
2579 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */
2580 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */
2581 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */
2582 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */
2583 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */
2584 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when
2585 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */
2586 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */
2587 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */
2589 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */
2590 int saved_n_extra = 0;
2591 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL;
2592 int saved_c_extra = 0;
2593 int saved_char_attr = 0;
2595 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */
2596 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */
2597 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */
2598 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */
2600 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */
2602 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */
2603 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */
2604 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */
2605 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2606 pos_T *top, *bot;
2607 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE;
2608 #endif
2609 pos_T pos;
2610 long v;
2612 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */
2613 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */
2614 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting
2615 in this line */
2616 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */
2617 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */
2618 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */
2619 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2620 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */
2621 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */
2622 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */
2623 int save_did_emsg;
2624 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */
2625 #endif
2626 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2627 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */
2628 # define SPWORDLEN 150
2629 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */
2630 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */
2631 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line
2632 starts */
2633 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */
2634 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */
2635 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */
2636 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which
2637 * there are no spell errors */
2638 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */
2639 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */
2640 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */
2641 #endif
2642 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */
2643 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2644 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */
2645 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */
2646 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */
2647 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */
2648 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */
2649 #endif
2650 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2651 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */
2652 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */
2653 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */
2654 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */
2655 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */
2656 #endif
2657 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */
2658 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
2659 int need_showbreak = FALSE;
2660 #endif
2661 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \
2662 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
2663 # define LINE_ATTR
2664 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */
2665 #endif
2666 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
2667 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
2668 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
2669 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl
2670 has been processed or not */
2671 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol
2672 equals startcol of search_hl or one
2673 of the matches */
2674 #endif
2675 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2676 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
2677 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */
2678 #endif
2679 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
2680 int did_line_attr = 0;
2681 #endif
2683 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */
2684 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */
2685 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2686 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */
2687 #else
2688 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START
2689 #endif
2690 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2691 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */
2692 #else
2693 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE
2694 #endif
2695 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2696 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */
2697 #else
2698 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */
2699 #endif
2700 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */
2701 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
2702 # define WL_SBR WL_NR + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */
2703 #else
2704 # define WL_SBR WL_NR
2705 #endif
2706 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */
2707 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */
2708 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2709 int feedback_col = 0;
2710 int feedback_old_attr = -1;
2711 #endif
2714 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */
2715 return startrow;
2717 row = startrow;
2718 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp);
2721 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak,
2722 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done.
2724 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
2725 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr;
2726 #else
2727 extra_check = 0;
2728 #endif
2729 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2730 if (syntax_present(wp->w_buffer) && !wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error)
2732 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an
2733 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */
2734 save_did_emsg = did_emsg;
2735 did_emsg = FALSE;
2736 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
2737 if (did_emsg)
2738 wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE;
2739 else
2741 did_emsg = save_did_emsg;
2742 has_syntax = TRUE;
2743 extra_check = TRUE;
2746 #endif
2748 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2749 if (wp->w_p_spell
2750 && *wp->w_buffer->b_p_spl != NUL
2751 && wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_len > 0
2752 && *(char **)(wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL)
2754 /* Prepare for spell checking. */
2755 has_spell = TRUE;
2756 extra_check = TRUE;
2758 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next
2759 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.".
2760 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */
2761 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL;
2762 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
2764 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE);
2765 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN);
2768 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current
2769 * line is valid. */
2770 if (lnum == checked_lnum)
2771 cur_checked_col = checked_col;
2772 checked_lnum = 0;
2774 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a
2775 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check
2776 * the first word. */
2777 if (lnum != capcol_lnum)
2778 cap_col = -1;
2779 if (lnum == 1)
2780 cap_col = 0;
2781 capcol_lnum = 0;
2783 #endif
2786 * handle visual active in this window
2788 fromcol = -10;
2789 tocol = MAXCOL;
2790 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2791 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer)
2793 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */
2794 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual))
2796 top = &curwin->w_cursor;
2797 bot = &VIsual;
2799 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */
2801 top = &VIsual;
2802 bot = &curwin->w_cursor;
2804 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum);
2805 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */
2807 if (lnum_in_visual_area)
2809 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol;
2810 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol;
2813 else /* non-block mode */
2815 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum)
2816 fromcol = 0;
2817 else if (lnum == top->lnum)
2819 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */
2820 fromcol = 0;
2821 else
2823 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL);
2824 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL)
2825 tocol = fromcol + 1;
2828 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum)
2830 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0
2831 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2832 && bot->coladd == 0
2833 #endif
2836 fromcol = -10;
2837 tocol = MAXCOL;
2839 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL)
2840 tocol = MAXCOL;
2841 else
2843 pos = *bot;
2844 if (*p_sel == 'e')
2845 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL);
2846 else
2848 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol);
2849 ++tocol;
2855 #ifndef MSDOS
2856 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */
2857 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin
2858 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
2859 && !gui.in_use
2860 # endif
2862 noinvcur = TRUE;
2863 #endif
2865 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */
2866 if (fromcol >= 0)
2868 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2869 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V);
2870 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11)
2871 if (clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned && clip_isautosel())
2872 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC);
2873 #endif
2878 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting
2880 else
2881 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */
2882 if (highlight_match
2883 && wp == curwin
2884 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2885 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines)
2887 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
2888 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor),
2889 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL);
2890 else
2891 fromcol = 0;
2892 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines)
2894 pos.lnum = lnum;
2895 pos.col = search_match_endcol;
2896 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL);
2898 else
2899 tocol = MAXCOL;
2900 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */
2901 if (fromcol == tocol)
2902 tocol = fromcol + 1;
2903 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2904 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I);
2907 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2908 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum);
2909 if (filler_lines < 0)
2911 if (filler_lines == -1)
2913 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end))
2914 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */
2915 else if (change_start == 0)
2916 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */
2917 else
2918 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */
2920 else
2921 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */
2922 filler_lines = 0;
2923 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2925 if (lnum == wp->w_topline)
2926 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill;
2927 filler_todo = filler_lines;
2928 #endif
2930 #ifdef LINE_ATTR
2931 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2932 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */
2933 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL);
2934 if (v != 0)
2935 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE);
2936 # endif
2937 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
2938 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */
2939 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum)
2940 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L);
2941 # endif
2942 if (line_attr != 0)
2943 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2944 #endif
2946 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
2947 ptr = line;
2949 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2950 if (has_spell)
2952 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */
2953 if (cap_col == 0)
2954 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line);
2956 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the
2957 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was
2958 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */
2959 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL)
2961 /* No next line or it is empty. */
2962 nextlinecol = MAXCOL;
2963 nextline_idx = 0;
2965 else
2967 v = (long)STRLEN(line);
2968 if (v < SPWORDLEN)
2970 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the
2971 * next line. */
2972 nextlinecol = 0;
2973 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v);
2974 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN);
2975 nextline_idx = v + 1;
2977 else
2979 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */
2980 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN;
2981 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN);
2982 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1;
2986 #endif
2988 /* find start of trailing whitespace */
2989 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail)
2991 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr);
2992 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1]))
2993 --trailcol;
2994 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line);
2995 extra_check = TRUE;
2999 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the
3000 * first character to be displayed.
3002 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
3003 v = wp->w_skipcol;
3004 else
3005 v = wp->w_leftcol;
3006 if (v > 0)
3008 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3009 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr;
3010 #endif
3011 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL)
3013 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL);
3014 vcol += c;
3015 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3016 prev_ptr = ptr;
3017 #endif
3018 mb_ptr_adv(ptr);
3021 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL)
3022 /* When:
3023 * - 'cuc' is set, or
3024 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or
3025 * - the visual mode is active,
3026 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part.
3028 if (vcol < v && (
3029 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3030 wp->w_p_cuc
3031 # if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL)
3033 # endif
3034 # endif
3035 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
3036 virtual_active()
3037 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
3039 # endif
3040 # endif
3041 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
3042 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer)
3043 # endif
3046 vcol = v;
3048 #endif
3050 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at
3051 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */
3052 if (vcol > v)
3054 vcol -= c;
3055 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3056 ptr = prev_ptr;
3057 #else
3058 --ptr;
3059 #endif
3060 n_skip = v - vcol;
3064 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen,
3065 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen.
3067 if (tocol <= vcol)
3068 fromcol = 0;
3069 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol)
3070 fromcol = vcol;
3072 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
3073 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */
3074 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
3075 need_showbreak = TRUE;
3076 #endif
3077 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3078 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the
3079 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */
3080 if (has_spell)
3082 int len;
3083 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line);
3084 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3086 pos = wp->w_cursor;
3087 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
3088 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol;
3089 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf);
3091 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */
3092 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3093 ptr = line + linecol;
3095 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line)
3097 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a
3098 * word */
3099 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3100 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp->w_buffer)
3101 - line + 1);
3103 else
3105 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */
3106 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1;
3108 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */
3109 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT)
3110 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf];
3112 wp->w_cursor = pos;
3114 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3115 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */
3116 if (has_syntax)
3117 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
3118 # endif
3120 #endif
3124 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled.
3125 * Avoids having to check this for each character.
3127 if (fromcol >= 0)
3129 if (noinvcur)
3131 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol)
3133 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the
3134 * cursor */
3135 fromcol_prev = fromcol;
3136 fromcol = -1;
3138 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol)
3139 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */
3140 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol;
3142 if (fromcol >= tocol)
3143 fromcol = -1;
3146 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
3148 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches.
3149 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list.
3151 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3152 shl_flag = FALSE;
3153 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3155 if (shl_flag == FALSE)
3157 shl = &search_hl;
3158 shl_flag = TRUE;
3160 else
3161 shl = &cur->hl;
3162 shl->startcol = MAXCOL;
3163 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3164 shl->attr_cur = 0;
3165 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
3167 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3168 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v);
3170 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it
3171 * invalid. */
3172 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3173 ptr = line + v;
3175 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum)
3177 if (shl->lnum == lnum)
3178 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
3179 else
3180 shl->startcol = 0;
3181 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum
3182 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum)
3183 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
3184 else
3185 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3186 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */
3187 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol)
3189 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3190 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL)
3191 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol);
3192 else
3193 #endif
3194 ++shl->endcol;
3196 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */
3198 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr;
3199 search_attr = shl->attr;
3201 area_highlighting = TRUE;
3204 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3205 cur = cur->next;
3207 #endif
3209 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3210 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline'. Not when Visual mode is
3211 * active, because it's not clear what is selected then. */
3212 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && !VIsual_active)
3214 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL);
3215 area_highlighting = TRUE;
3217 #endif
3219 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
3220 col = 0;
3221 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3222 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3224 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put
3225 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the
3226 * rightmost column of the window. */
3227 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1;
3228 off += col;
3230 #endif
3233 * Repeat for the whole displayed line.
3235 for (;;)
3237 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */
3238 if (draw_state != WL_LINE)
3240 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
3241 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3243 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE;
3244 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
3246 /* Draw the cmdline character. */
3247 n_extra = 1;
3248 c_extra = cmdwin_type;
3249 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3252 #endif
3254 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
3255 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3257 draw_state = WL_FOLD;
3258 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
3260 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */
3261 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum);
3262 n_extra = wp->w_p_fdc;
3263 p_extra = extra;
3264 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL;
3265 c_extra = NUL;
3266 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC);
3269 #endif
3271 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
3272 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3274 draw_state = WL_SIGN;
3275 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this
3276 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */
3277 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)
3278 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3279 && filler_todo <= 0
3280 # endif
3283 int_u text_sign;
3284 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
3285 int_u icon_sign;
3286 # endif
3288 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */
3289 c_extra = ' ';
3290 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC);
3291 n_extra = 2;
3293 if (row == startrow)
3295 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum,
3296 SIGN_TEXT);
3297 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
3298 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum,
3299 SIGN_ICON);
3300 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0)
3302 /* Use the image in this position. */
3303 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE;
3304 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
3305 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1)
3306 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE;
3307 # endif
3308 char_attr = icon_sign;
3310 else
3311 # endif
3312 if (text_sign != 0)
3314 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign);
3315 if (p_extra != NULL)
3317 c_extra = NUL;
3318 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
3320 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE);
3325 #endif
3327 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3329 draw_state = WL_NR;
3330 /* Display the line number. After the first fill with blanks
3331 * when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */
3332 if (wp->w_p_nu
3333 && (row == startrow
3334 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3335 + filler_lines
3336 #endif
3337 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL))
3339 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */
3340 if (row == startrow
3341 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3342 + filler_lines
3343 #endif
3346 sprintf((char *)extra, "%*ld ",
3347 number_width(wp), (long)lnum);
3348 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0)
3349 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra)
3350 *p_extra = '-';
3351 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3352 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */
3353 rl_mirror(extra);
3354 #endif
3355 p_extra = extra;
3356 c_extra = NUL;
3358 else
3359 c_extra = ' ';
3360 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1;
3361 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N);
3362 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3363 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of
3364 * the current line differently. */
3365 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum)
3366 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(hl_attr(HLF_CUL), char_attr);
3367 #endif
3371 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
3372 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3374 draw_state = WL_SBR;
3375 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3376 if (filler_todo > 0)
3378 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */
3379 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1)
3380 c_extra = '-';
3381 else
3382 c_extra = fill_diff;
3383 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3384 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3385 n_extra = col + 1;
3386 else
3387 # endif
3388 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
3389 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED);
3391 # endif
3392 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
3393 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak)
3395 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */
3396 p_extra = p_sbr;
3397 c_extra = NUL;
3398 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr);
3399 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3400 need_showbreak = FALSE;
3401 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak',
3402 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */
3403 if (tocol == vcol)
3404 tocol += n_extra;
3406 # endif
3408 #endif
3410 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3412 draw_state = WL_LINE;
3413 if (saved_n_extra)
3415 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */
3416 n_extra = saved_n_extra;
3417 c_extra = saved_c_extra;
3418 p_extra = saved_p_extra;
3419 char_attr = saved_char_attr;
3421 else
3422 char_attr = 0;
3426 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */
3427 if (dollar_vcol != 0 && wp == curwin
3428 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol
3429 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3430 && filler_todo <= 0
3431 #endif
3434 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp),
3435 wp->w_p_rl);
3436 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when
3437 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */
3438 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3439 if (wp->w_p_cuc)
3440 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height;
3441 else
3442 #endif
3443 row = wp->w_height;
3444 break;
3447 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting)
3449 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */
3450 if (vcol == fromcol
3451 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3452 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0
3453 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1)
3454 #endif
3455 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev
3456 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */
3457 && vcol < tocol))
3458 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */
3459 else if (area_attr != 0
3460 && (vcol == tocol
3461 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol)))
3462 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */
3464 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
3465 if (!n_extra)
3468 * Check for start/end of search pattern match.
3469 * After end, check for start/end of next match.
3470 * When another match, have to check for start again.
3471 * Watch out for matching an empty string!
3472 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by
3473 * priority).
3475 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3476 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3477 shl_flag = FALSE;
3478 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3480 if (shl_flag == FALSE
3481 && ((cur != NULL
3482 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
3483 || cur == NULL))
3485 shl = &search_hl;
3486 shl_flag = TRUE;
3488 else
3489 shl = &cur->hl;
3490 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
3492 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL
3493 && v >= (long)shl->startcol
3494 && v < (long)shl->endcol)
3496 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr;
3498 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol)
3500 shl->attr_cur = 0;
3502 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v);
3504 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp
3505 * may have made it invalid. */
3506 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3507 ptr = line + v;
3509 if (shl->lnum == lnum)
3511 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
3512 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0)
3513 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
3514 else
3515 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3517 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol)
3519 /* highlight empty match, try again after
3520 * it */
3521 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3522 if (has_mbyte)
3523 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line
3524 + shl->endcol);
3525 else
3526 #endif
3527 ++shl->endcol;
3530 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the
3531 * current position */
3532 continue;
3535 break;
3537 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3538 cur = cur->next;
3541 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among
3542 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */
3543 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur;
3544 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3545 shl_flag = FALSE;
3546 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3548 if (shl_flag == FALSE
3549 && ((cur != NULL
3550 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
3551 || cur == NULL))
3553 shl = &search_hl;
3554 shl_flag = TRUE;
3556 else
3557 shl = &cur->hl;
3558 if (shl->attr_cur != 0)
3559 search_attr = shl->attr_cur;
3560 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3561 cur = cur->next;
3564 #endif
3566 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3567 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0)
3569 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start
3570 && n_extra == 0)
3571 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */
3572 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end
3573 && n_extra == 0)
3574 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */
3575 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf);
3577 #endif
3579 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */
3580 attr_pri = TRUE;
3581 if (area_attr != 0)
3582 char_attr = area_attr;
3583 else if (search_attr != 0)
3584 char_attr = search_attr;
3585 #ifdef LINE_ATTR
3586 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area
3587 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */
3588 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL)
3589 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev
3590 || vcol >= tocol))
3591 char_attr = line_attr;
3592 #endif
3593 else
3595 attr_pri = FALSE;
3596 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3597 if (has_syntax)
3598 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3599 else
3600 #endif
3601 char_attr = 0;
3606 * Get the next character to put on the screen.
3609 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to
3610 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other
3611 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used.
3612 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past
3613 * "p_extra[n_extra]".
3614 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "".
3616 if (n_extra > 0)
3618 if (c_extra != NUL)
3620 c = c_extra;
3621 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3622 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */
3623 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
3625 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3626 u8cc[0] = 0;
3627 c = 0xc0;
3629 else
3630 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3631 #endif
3633 else
3635 c = *p_extra;
3636 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3637 if (has_mbyte)
3639 mb_c = c;
3640 if (enc_utf8)
3642 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte:
3643 * Decode it into "mb_c". */
3644 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra);
3645 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3646 if (mb_l > n_extra)
3647 mb_l = 1;
3648 else if (mb_l > 1)
3650 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc);
3651 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3652 c = 0xc0;
3655 else
3657 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */
3658 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c);
3659 if (mb_l >= n_extra)
3660 mb_l = 1;
3661 else if (mb_l > 1)
3662 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1];
3664 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3665 mb_l = 1;
3667 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the
3668 * last column. */
3669 if ((
3670 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3671 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) :
3672 # endif
3673 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1))
3674 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2)
3676 c = '>';
3677 mb_c = c;
3678 mb_l = 1;
3679 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3680 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3681 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width
3682 * character at the start of the next line. */
3683 ++n_extra;
3684 --p_extra;
3686 else
3688 n_extra -= mb_l - 1;
3689 p_extra += mb_l - 1;
3692 #endif
3693 ++p_extra;
3695 --n_extra;
3697 else
3700 * Get a character from the line itself.
3702 c = *ptr;
3703 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3704 if (has_mbyte)
3706 mb_c = c;
3707 if (enc_utf8)
3709 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it
3710 * into "mb_c". */
3711 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3712 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3713 if (mb_l > 1)
3715 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc);
3716 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char
3717 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */
3718 if (mb_c < 0x80)
3719 c = mb_c;
3720 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3722 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char.
3723 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */
3724 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c))
3726 int i;
3728 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i)
3729 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1];
3730 u8cc[0] = mb_c;
3731 mb_c = ' ';
3735 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80)
3736 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0)
3737 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c)
3738 # ifdef UNICODE16
3739 || mb_c >= 0x10000
3740 # endif
3744 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>.
3745 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?.
3747 # ifdef UNICODE16
3748 if (mb_c < 0x10000)
3749 # endif
3751 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c);
3752 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3753 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */
3754 rl_mirror(extra);
3755 # endif
3757 # ifdef UNICODE16
3758 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2)
3759 STRCPY(extra, "?");
3760 else
3761 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */
3762 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237");
3763 # endif
3765 p_extra = extra;
3766 c = *p_extra;
3767 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra);
3768 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80);
3769 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
3770 c_extra = NUL;
3771 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3773 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3774 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3775 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3778 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3779 mb_l = 1;
3780 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
3781 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c))
3783 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
3784 int pc, pc1, nc;
3785 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
3787 /* The idea of what is the previous and next
3788 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */
3789 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3791 pc = prev_c;
3792 pc1 = prev_c1;
3793 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l);
3794 prev_c1 = u8cc[0];
3796 else
3798 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc);
3799 nc = prev_c;
3800 pc1 = pcc[0];
3802 prev_c = mb_c;
3804 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc);
3806 else
3807 prev_c = mb_c;
3808 #endif
3810 else /* enc_dbcs */
3812 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c);
3813 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3814 mb_l = 1;
3815 else if (mb_l > 1)
3817 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal.
3818 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings!
3820 if (ptr[1] >= 32)
3821 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1];
3822 else
3824 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
3826 /* head byte at end of line */
3827 mb_l = 1;
3828 transchar_nonprint(extra, c);
3830 else
3832 /* illegal tail byte */
3833 mb_l = 2;
3834 STRCPY(extra, "XX");
3836 p_extra = extra;
3837 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1;
3838 c_extra = NUL;
3839 c = *p_extra++;
3840 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3842 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3843 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3844 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3846 mb_c = c;
3850 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the
3851 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the
3852 * next line. */
3853 if ((
3854 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3855 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) :
3856 # endif
3857 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1))
3858 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2)
3860 c = '>';
3861 mb_c = c;
3862 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3863 mb_l = 1;
3864 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3865 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be
3866 * displayed at the start of the next line. */
3867 --ptr;
3869 else if (*ptr != NUL)
3870 ptr += mb_l - 1;
3872 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display
3873 * a '<' in the first column. */
3874 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1)
3876 n_extra = 1;
3877 c_extra = '<';
3878 c = ' ';
3879 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3881 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3882 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3883 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3885 mb_c = c;
3886 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3887 mb_l = 1;
3891 #endif
3892 ++ptr;
3894 /* 'list' : change char 160 to lcs_nbsp. */
3895 if (wp->w_p_list && (c == 160
3896 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3897 || (mb_utf8 && mb_c == 160)
3898 #endif
3899 ) && lcs_nbsp)
3901 c = lcs_nbsp;
3902 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3904 n_attr = 1;
3905 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3906 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3908 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3909 mb_c = c;
3910 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
3912 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3913 u8cc[0] = 0;
3914 c = 0xc0;
3916 else
3917 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3918 #endif
3921 if (extra_check)
3923 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3924 int can_spell = TRUE;
3925 #endif
3927 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3928 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line
3929 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */
3930 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3931 if (has_syntax && v > 0)
3933 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there
3934 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */
3935 save_did_emsg = did_emsg;
3936 did_emsg = FALSE;
3938 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1,
3939 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3940 has_spell ? &can_spell :
3941 # endif
3942 NULL, FALSE);
3944 if (did_emsg)
3946 wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE;
3947 has_syntax = FALSE;
3949 else
3950 did_emsg = save_did_emsg;
3952 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may
3953 * have made it invalid. */
3954 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3955 ptr = line + v;
3957 if (!attr_pri)
3958 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3959 else
3960 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr);
3962 #endif
3964 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3965 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line).
3966 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the
3967 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item
3968 * contains the @Spell cluster. */
3969 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col)
3971 spell_attr = 0;
3972 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3973 if (!attr_pri)
3974 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3975 # endif
3976 if (c != 0 && (
3977 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3978 !has_syntax ||
3979 # endif
3980 can_spell))
3982 char_u *prev_ptr, *p;
3983 int len;
3984 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3985 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3986 if (has_mbyte)
3988 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l;
3989 v -= mb_l - 1;
3991 else
3992 # endif
3993 prev_ptr = ptr - 1;
3995 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the
3996 * next line concatenated. */
3997 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0)
3998 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol;
3999 else
4000 p = prev_ptr;
4001 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line);
4002 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col,
4003 nochange);
4004 word_end = v + len;
4006 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that
4007 * doesn't touch the cursor. */
4008 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT
4009 && (State & INSERT) != 0
4010 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum
4011 && wp->w_cursor.col >=
4012 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line)
4013 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end)
4015 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
4016 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum;
4019 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr
4020 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx)
4022 /* Remember that the good word continues at the
4023 * start of the next line. */
4024 checked_lnum = lnum + 1;
4025 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx);
4028 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */
4029 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT)
4030 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf];
4032 if (cap_col > 0)
4034 if (p != prev_ptr
4035 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx)
4037 /* Remember that the word in the next line
4038 * must start with a capital. */
4039 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1;
4040 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col
4041 - nextline_idx);
4043 else
4044 /* Compute the actual column. */
4045 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line);
4049 if (spell_attr != 0)
4051 if (!attr_pri)
4052 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr);
4053 else
4054 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr);
4056 #endif
4057 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
4059 * Found last space before word: check for line break.
4061 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr)
4062 && !wp->w_p_list)
4064 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr - (
4065 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4066 has_mbyte ? mb_l :
4067 # endif
4068 1), (colnr_T)vcol, NULL) - 1;
4069 c_extra = ' ';
4070 if (vim_iswhite(c))
4071 c = ' ';
4073 #endif
4075 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ')
4077 c = lcs_trail;
4078 if (!attr_pri)
4080 n_attr = 1;
4081 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4082 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4084 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4085 mb_c = c;
4086 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4088 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4089 u8cc[0] = 0;
4090 c = 0xc0;
4092 else
4093 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
4094 #endif
4099 * Handling of non-printable characters.
4101 if (!(chartab[c & 0xff] & CT_PRINT_CHAR))
4104 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to
4105 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it
4106 * into "ScreenLines".
4108 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
4110 /* tab amount depends on current column */
4111 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts
4112 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1;
4113 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4114 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4115 #endif
4116 if (wp->w_p_list)
4118 c = lcs_tab1;
4119 c_extra = lcs_tab2;
4120 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
4121 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4122 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4123 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4124 mb_c = c;
4125 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4127 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4128 u8cc[0] = 0;
4129 c = 0xc0;
4131 #endif
4133 else
4135 c_extra = ' ';
4136 c = ' ';
4139 else if (c == NUL
4140 && ((wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0)
4141 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0)
4142 && tocol > vcol
4143 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
4144 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V
4145 #endif
4146 && (
4147 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4148 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4149 # endif
4150 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))
4151 && !(noinvcur
4152 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
4153 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol)))
4154 && lcs_eol_one >= 0)
4156 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra
4157 * character if the line break is included. */
4158 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR)
4159 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the
4160 * "$". */
4161 if (
4162 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4163 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0
4164 # ifdef LINE_ATTR
4166 # endif
4167 # endif
4168 # ifdef LINE_ATTR
4169 line_attr == 0
4170 # endif
4172 #endif
4174 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
4175 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend
4176 * beyond end of line. */
4177 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active()
4178 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol)
4179 n_extra = 0;
4180 else
4181 #endif
4183 p_extra = at_end_str;
4184 n_extra = 1;
4185 c_extra = NUL;
4188 if (wp->w_p_list)
4189 c = lcs_eol;
4190 else
4191 c = ' ';
4192 lcs_eol_one = -1;
4193 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4194 if (!attr_pri)
4196 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
4197 n_attr = 1;
4199 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4200 mb_c = c;
4201 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4203 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4204 u8cc[0] = 0;
4205 c = 0xc0;
4207 else
4208 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4209 #endif
4211 else if (c != NUL)
4213 p_extra = transchar(c);
4214 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4215 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl)
4216 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */
4217 #endif
4218 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1;
4219 c_extra = NUL;
4220 c = *p_extra++;
4221 if (!attr_pri)
4223 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
4224 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4225 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4227 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4228 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4229 #endif
4231 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
4232 else if (VIsual_active
4233 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V
4234 || VIsual_mode == 'v')
4235 && virtual_active()
4236 && tocol != MAXCOL
4237 && vcol < tocol
4238 && (
4239 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4240 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4241 # endif
4242 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))))
4244 c = ' ';
4245 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4247 #endif
4248 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4249 else if ((
4250 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4251 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 ||
4252 # endif
4253 line_attr != 0
4254 ) && (
4255 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4256 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4257 # endif
4258 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))))
4260 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */
4261 c = ' ';
4262 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4264 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */
4265 ++did_line_attr;
4267 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */
4268 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0)
4269 char_attr = line_attr;
4270 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4271 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD)
4273 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD;
4274 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr)
4275 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf);
4277 # endif
4279 #endif
4283 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */
4284 if (n_attr > 0
4285 && draw_state == WL_LINE
4286 && !attr_pri)
4287 char_attr = extra_attr;
4289 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
4290 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send
4291 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use
4292 * im_is_preediting() here. */
4293 if (xic != NULL
4294 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
4295 && (State & INSERT)
4296 && !p_imdisable
4297 && im_is_preediting()
4298 && draw_state == WL_LINE)
4300 colnr_T tcol;
4302 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL)
4303 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL);
4304 else
4305 tcol = preedit_end_col;
4306 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol)
4308 if (feedback_old_attr < 0)
4310 feedback_col = 0;
4311 feedback_old_attr = char_attr;
4313 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col);
4314 if (char_attr < 0)
4315 char_attr = feedback_old_attr;
4316 feedback_col++;
4318 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0)
4320 char_attr = feedback_old_attr;
4321 feedback_old_attr = -1;
4322 feedback_col = 0;
4325 #endif
4327 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first
4328 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a
4329 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>".
4331 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL
4332 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0)
4333 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4334 && filler_todo <= 0
4335 #endif
4336 && draw_state > WL_NR
4337 && c != NUL)
4339 c = lcs_prec;
4340 lcs_prec_todo = NUL;
4341 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4342 mb_c = c;
4343 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4345 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4346 u8cc[0] = 0;
4347 c = 0xc0;
4349 else
4350 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4351 #endif
4352 if (!attr_pri)
4354 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4355 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */
4356 n_attr3 = 1;
4361 * At end of the text line or just after the last character.
4363 if (c == NUL
4364 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4365 || did_line_attr == 1
4366 #endif
4369 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4370 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL);
4372 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */
4373 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol)
4374 ++prevcol;
4375 #endif
4377 /* invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or
4378 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last
4379 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not
4380 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */
4381 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4382 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE;
4383 if (prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol)
4384 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE;
4385 else
4387 cur = wp->w_match_head;
4388 while (cur != NULL)
4390 if (prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol)
4392 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE;
4393 break;
4395 cur = cur->next;
4398 #endif
4399 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one
4400 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol
4401 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
4402 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V
4403 || lnum == VIsual.lnum
4404 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
4405 #endif
4406 && c == NUL)
4407 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4408 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */
4409 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE
4410 # if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4411 && did_line_attr <= 1
4412 # endif
4414 #endif
4417 int n = 0;
4419 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4420 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4422 if (col < 0)
4423 n = 1;
4425 else
4426 #endif
4428 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))
4429 n = -1;
4431 if (n != 0)
4433 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character
4434 * instead (better than nothing). */
4435 off += n;
4436 col += n;
4438 else
4440 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */
4441 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
4442 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4443 if (enc_utf8)
4444 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4445 #endif
4447 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4448 if (area_attr == 0)
4450 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among
4451 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */
4452 char_attr = search_hl.attr;
4453 cur = wp->w_match_head;
4454 shl_flag = FALSE;
4455 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
4457 if (shl_flag == FALSE
4458 && ((cur != NULL
4459 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
4460 || cur == NULL))
4462 shl = &search_hl;
4463 shl_flag = TRUE;
4465 else
4466 shl = &cur->hl;
4467 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol)
4468 char_attr = shl->attr;
4469 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
4470 cur = cur->next;
4473 #endif
4474 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr;
4475 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4476 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4478 --col;
4479 --off;
4481 else
4482 #endif
4484 ++col;
4485 ++off;
4487 ++vcol;
4488 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4489 eol_hl_off = 1;
4490 #endif
4495 * At end of the text line.
4497 if (c == NUL)
4499 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4500 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol
4501 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum)
4503 /* highlight last char after line */
4504 --col;
4505 --off;
4506 --vcol;
4509 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' past end of the line. */
4510 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
4511 v = wp->w_skipcol;
4512 else
4513 v = wp->w_leftcol;
4514 /* check if line ends before left margin */
4515 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp))
4517 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp);
4518 if (wp->w_p_cuc
4519 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= vcol - eol_hl_off
4520 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1)
4522 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum
4523 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4524 && !wp->w_p_rl
4525 # endif
4528 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp))
4530 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
4531 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4532 if (enc_utf8)
4533 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4534 #endif
4535 ++col;
4536 if (vcol == (long)wp->w_virtcol)
4538 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC);
4539 break;
4541 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0;
4542 ++vcol;
4545 #endif
4547 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
4548 wp->w_p_rl);
4549 row++;
4552 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was
4553 * updated (saves a call to plines() later).
4555 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
4557 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow;
4558 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow;
4559 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4560 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE;
4561 #endif
4562 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW);
4565 break;
4568 /* line continues beyond line end */
4569 if (lcs_ext
4570 && !wp->w_p_wrap
4571 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4572 && filler_todo <= 0
4573 #endif
4574 && (
4575 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4576 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 :
4577 #endif
4578 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)
4579 && (*ptr != NUL
4580 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0)
4581 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))))
4583 c = lcs_ext;
4584 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
4585 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4586 mb_c = c;
4587 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4589 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4590 u8cc[0] = 0;
4591 c = 0xc0;
4593 else
4594 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
4595 #endif
4598 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4599 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't
4600 * highlight the cursor position itself. */
4601 if (wp->w_p_cuc && vcol == (long)wp->w_virtcol
4602 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum
4603 && draw_state == WL_LINE
4604 && !lnum_in_visual_area)
4606 vcol_save_attr = char_attr;
4607 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC));
4609 else
4610 vcol_save_attr = -1;
4611 #endif
4614 * Store character to be displayed.
4615 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'.
4617 vcol_prev = vcol;
4618 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0)
4621 * Store the character.
4623 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
4624 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1)
4626 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */
4627 --off;
4628 --col;
4630 #endif
4631 ScreenLines[off] = c;
4632 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4633 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
4635 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00)
4636 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e;
4637 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff;
4639 else if (enc_utf8)
4641 if (mb_utf8)
4643 int i;
4645 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c;
4646 if ((c & 0xff) == 0)
4647 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */
4648 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
4650 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i];
4651 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
4652 break;
4655 else
4656 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4658 if (multi_attr)
4660 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr;
4661 multi_attr = 0;
4663 else
4664 #endif
4665 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr;
4667 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4668 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1)
4670 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */
4671 ++off;
4672 ++col;
4673 if (enc_utf8)
4674 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */
4675 ScreenLines[off] = 0;
4676 else
4677 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */
4678 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff;
4679 ++vcol;
4680 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of
4681 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */
4682 if (tocol == vcol)
4683 ++tocol;
4684 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4685 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4687 /* now it's time to backup one cell */
4688 --off;
4689 --col;
4691 #endif
4693 #endif
4694 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4695 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4697 --off;
4698 --col;
4700 else
4701 #endif
4703 ++off;
4704 ++col;
4707 else
4708 --n_skip;
4710 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' column. */
4711 if (draw_state > WL_NR
4712 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4713 && filler_todo <= 0
4714 #endif
4716 ++vcol;
4718 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4719 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0)
4720 char_attr = vcol_save_attr;
4721 #endif
4723 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */
4724 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0)
4725 char_attr = saved_attr3;
4727 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */
4728 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0)
4729 char_attr = saved_attr2;
4732 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line
4733 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above.
4735 if ((
4736 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4737 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) :
4738 #endif
4739 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)))
4740 && (*ptr != NUL
4741 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4742 || filler_todo > 0
4743 #endif
4744 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str)
4745 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))
4748 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
4749 wp->w_p_rl);
4750 ++row;
4751 ++screen_row;
4753 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed
4754 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */
4755 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap
4756 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4757 && filler_todo <= 0
4758 #endif
4759 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1)
4760 break;
4762 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */
4763 if (draw_state != WL_LINE
4764 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4765 && filler_todo <= 0
4766 #endif
4769 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
4770 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
4771 draw_vsep_win(wp, row);
4772 #endif
4773 row = endrow;
4776 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */
4777 if (row == endrow)
4779 ++row;
4780 break;
4783 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1
4784 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4785 && filler_todo <= 0
4786 #endif
4787 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns)
4789 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */
4790 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE;
4793 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with
4794 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of
4795 * the line. This will work with all terminal types
4796 * (regardless of the xn,am settings).
4797 * Only do this on a fast tty.
4798 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line
4799 * (something has been written in it).
4800 * Don't do this for the GUI.
4801 * Don't do this for double-width characters.
4802 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border.
4804 if (p_tf
4805 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4806 && !gui.in_use
4807 #endif
4808 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4809 && !(has_mbyte
4810 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row],
4811 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns)
4812 == 2
4813 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4814 + (int)Columns - 2,
4815 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns)
4816 == 2))
4817 #endif
4820 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line,
4821 * then output the same character again to let the
4822 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't
4823 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */
4824 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp))
4825 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4826 + (unsigned)Columns - 1,
4827 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1));
4829 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4830 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a
4831 * space to keep it simple. */
4832 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[
4833 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1)
4834 out_char(' ');
4835 else
4836 #endif
4837 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4838 + (Columns - 1)]);
4839 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */
4840 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1;
4841 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
4845 col = 0;
4846 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
4847 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4848 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4850 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */
4851 off += col;
4853 #endif
4855 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */
4856 draw_state = WL_START;
4857 saved_n_extra = n_extra;
4858 saved_p_extra = p_extra;
4859 saved_c_extra = c_extra;
4860 saved_char_attr = char_attr;
4861 n_extra = 0;
4862 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec;
4863 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
4864 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4865 if (filler_todo <= 0)
4866 # endif
4867 need_showbreak = TRUE;
4868 #endif
4869 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4870 --filler_todo;
4871 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the
4872 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */
4873 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill)
4874 break;
4875 #endif
4878 } /* for every character in the line */
4880 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4881 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */
4882 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL)
4884 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1;
4885 cap_col = 0;
4887 #endif
4889 return row;
4892 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4893 static int comp_char_differs __ARGS((int, int));
4896 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ.
4897 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0.
4899 static int
4900 comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)
4901 int off_from;
4902 int off_to;
4904 int i;
4906 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
4908 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to])
4909 return TRUE;
4910 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0)
4911 break;
4913 return FALSE;
4915 #endif
4918 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing:
4919 * - the (first byte of the) character is different
4920 * - the attributes are different
4921 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different
4922 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs.
4924 static int
4925 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols)
4926 int off_from;
4927 int off_to;
4928 int cols;
4930 if (cols > 0
4931 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to]
4932 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to])
4934 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4935 || (enc_dbcs != 0
4936 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1
4937 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e
4938 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to]
4939 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1]
4940 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1])))
4941 || (enc_utf8
4942 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to]
4943 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0
4944 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to))
4945 || (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1]
4946 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1])))
4947 #endif
4949 return TRUE;
4950 return FALSE;
4954 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that
4955 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character.
4956 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line.
4957 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are.
4958 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line
4959 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise.
4960 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window:
4961 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol"
4962 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width"
4964 static void
4965 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width
4966 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4967 , rlflag
4968 #endif
4970 int row;
4971 int coloff;
4972 int endcol;
4973 int clear_width;
4974 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4975 int rlflag;
4976 #endif
4978 unsigned off_from;
4979 unsigned off_to;
4980 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4981 unsigned max_off_from;
4982 unsigned max_off_to;
4983 #endif
4984 int col = 0;
4985 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
4986 int hl;
4987 #endif
4988 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */
4989 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */
4990 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4991 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */
4992 #endif
4994 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */
4995 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4996 int clear_next = FALSE;
4997 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */
4998 /* 2: occupies two display cells */
4999 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells
5000 #else
5001 # define CHAR_CELLS 1
5002 #endif
5004 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
5005 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row);
5006 # endif
5008 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
5009 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff;
5010 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5011 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns;
5012 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
5013 #endif
5015 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
5016 if (rlflag)
5018 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */
5019 if (clear_width > 0)
5021 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' '
5022 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0
5023 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5024 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0)
5025 # endif
5028 ++off_to;
5029 ++col;
5031 if (col <= endcol)
5032 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff,
5033 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0);
5035 col = endcol + 1;
5036 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff;
5037 off_from += col;
5038 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width);
5040 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */
5042 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col);
5044 while (col < endcol)
5046 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5047 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol))
5048 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from);
5049 else
5050 char_cells = 1;
5051 #endif
5053 redraw_this = redraw_next;
5054 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS,
5055 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS);
5057 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5058 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to
5059 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only
5060 * happens in the GUI.
5062 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use)
5064 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS];
5065 if (hl > HL_ALL)
5066 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl);
5067 if (hl & HL_BOLD)
5068 redraw_this = TRUE;
5070 #endif
5072 if (redraw_this)
5075 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm):
5076 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the
5077 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The
5078 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the
5079 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must
5080 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted
5081 * character.
5082 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need
5083 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it
5084 * completely.
5086 if ( p_wiv
5087 && !force
5088 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5089 && !gui.in_use
5090 #endif
5091 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0
5092 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to])
5095 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here.
5097 windgoto(row, col + coloff);
5098 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */
5099 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
5100 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */
5101 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */
5104 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop
5105 * highlighting at this character.
5107 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0)
5109 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1];
5110 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff);
5111 screen_stop_highlight();
5113 else
5114 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */
5116 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5117 if (enc_dbcs != 0)
5119 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or
5120 * the other way around requires another character to be
5121 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing
5122 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */
5123 if (char_cells == 1
5124 && col + 1 < endcol
5125 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1)
5127 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell
5128 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */
5129 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0;
5130 redraw_next = TRUE;
5132 else if (char_cells == 2
5133 && col + 2 < endcol
5134 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1
5135 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1)
5137 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over
5138 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second
5139 * cell. */
5140 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0;
5141 redraw_next = TRUE;
5144 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
5145 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from];
5147 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width
5148 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out
5149 * the right halve of the old character.
5150 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width
5151 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */
5152 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol
5153 && ((char_cells == 1
5154 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1)
5155 || (char_cells == 2
5156 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1
5157 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1)))
5158 clear_next = TRUE;
5159 #endif
5161 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from];
5162 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5163 if (enc_utf8)
5165 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from];
5166 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0)
5168 int i;
5170 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
5171 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from];
5174 if (char_cells == 2)
5175 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1];
5176 #endif
5178 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
5179 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the
5180 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next
5181 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI
5182 * and for some xterms. */
5183 if (
5184 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
5185 gui.in_use
5186 # endif
5187 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
5189 # endif
5190 # ifdef UNIX
5191 term_is_xterm
5192 # endif
5195 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to];
5196 if (hl > HL_ALL)
5197 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl);
5198 if (hl & HL_BOLD)
5199 redraw_next = TRUE;
5201 #endif
5202 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from];
5203 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5204 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a
5205 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */
5206 if (char_cells == 2)
5207 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from];
5209 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2)
5210 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5211 else
5212 #endif
5213 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5215 else if ( p_wiv
5216 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5217 && !gui.in_use
5218 #endif
5219 && col + coloff > 0)
5221 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1])
5224 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will
5225 * stop the highlighting when it should continue.
5227 screen_attr = 0;
5229 else if (screen_attr != 0)
5230 screen_stop_highlight();
5233 off_to += CHAR_CELLS;
5234 off_from += CHAR_CELLS;
5235 col += CHAR_CELLS;
5238 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5239 if (clear_next)
5241 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left
5242 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */
5243 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' ';
5244 if (enc_utf8)
5245 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0;
5246 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5248 #endif
5250 if (clear_width > 0
5251 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
5252 && !rlflag
5253 #endif
5256 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5257 int startCol = col;
5258 #endif
5260 /* blank out the rest of the line */
5261 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' '
5262 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0
5263 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5264 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0)
5265 #endif
5268 ++off_to;
5269 ++col;
5271 if (col < clear_width)
5273 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5275 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels
5276 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold
5277 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous
5278 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we
5279 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway.
5281 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this))
5283 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to];
5284 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD))
5286 int prev_cells = 1;
5287 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5288 if (enc_utf8)
5289 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means
5290 * that its width is 2. */
5291 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1;
5292 else if (enc_dbcs != 0)
5294 /* find previous character by counting from first
5295 * column and get its width. */
5296 unsigned off = LineOffset[row];
5297 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
5299 while (off < off_to)
5301 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off);
5302 off += prev_cells;
5306 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1)
5307 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row,
5308 col + coloff - prev_cells);
5309 else
5310 # endif
5311 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row,
5312 col + coloff - prev_cells);
5315 #endif
5316 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff,
5317 ' ', ' ', 0);
5318 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5319 off_to += clear_width - col;
5320 col = clear_width;
5321 #endif
5325 if (clear_width > 0)
5327 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5328 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */
5329 if (col + coloff < Columns)
5331 int c;
5333 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl);
5334 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != c
5335 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5336 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to]
5337 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0))
5338 # endif
5339 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl)
5341 ScreenLines[off_to] = c;
5342 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl;
5343 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5344 if (enc_utf8)
5346 if (c >= 0x80)
5348 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c;
5349 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0;
5351 else
5352 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0;
5354 # endif
5355 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5358 else
5359 #endif
5360 LineWraps[row] = FALSE;
5364 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
5366 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying.
5367 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers).
5369 void
5370 rl_mirror(str)
5371 char_u *str;
5373 char_u *p1, *p2;
5374 int t;
5376 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2)
5378 t = *p1;
5379 *p1 = *p2;
5380 *p2 = t;
5383 #endif
5385 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
5387 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd
5389 void
5390 status_redraw_all()
5392 win_T *wp;
5394 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5395 if (wp->w_status_height)
5397 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5398 redraw_later(VALID);
5403 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw
5405 void
5406 status_redraw_curbuf()
5408 win_T *wp;
5410 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5411 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
5413 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5414 redraw_later(VALID);
5419 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn.
5421 void
5422 redraw_statuslines()
5424 win_T *wp;
5426 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5427 if (wp->w_redr_status)
5428 win_redr_status(wp);
5429 if (redraw_tabline)
5430 draw_tabline();
5432 #endif
5434 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO)
5436 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp".
5438 void
5439 win_redraw_last_status(frp)
5440 frame_T *frp;
5442 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF)
5443 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5444 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
5446 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next)
5447 win_redraw_last_status(frp);
5449 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */
5451 frp = frp->fr_child;
5452 while (frp->fr_next != NULL)
5453 frp = frp->fr_next;
5454 win_redraw_last_status(frp);
5457 #endif
5459 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5461 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row".
5463 static void
5464 draw_vsep_win(wp, row)
5465 win_T *wp;
5466 int row;
5468 int hl;
5469 int c;
5471 if (wp->w_vsep_width)
5473 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */
5474 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl);
5475 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
5476 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1,
5477 c, ' ', hl);
5480 #endif
5482 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
5483 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s));
5484 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s));
5487 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line.
5489 static int
5490 status_match_len(xp, s)
5491 expand_T *xp;
5492 char_u *s;
5494 int len = 0;
5496 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5497 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5498 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES);
5500 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */
5501 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s))
5502 return 1;
5503 #endif
5505 while (*s != NUL)
5507 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s);
5508 len += ptr2cells(s);
5509 mb_ptr_adv(s);
5512 return len;
5516 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match.
5517 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags.
5519 static int
5520 skip_status_match_char(xp, s)
5521 expand_T *xp;
5522 char_u *s;
5524 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP)
5525 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5526 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5527 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES)
5528 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL)))
5529 #endif
5532 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
5533 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!')
5534 return 2;
5535 #endif
5536 return 1;
5538 return 0;
5542 * Show wildchar matches in the status line.
5543 * Show at least the "match" item.
5544 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit.
5546 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used.
5548 void
5549 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail)
5550 expand_T *xp;
5551 int num_matches;
5552 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */
5553 int match;
5554 int showtail;
5556 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m])
5557 int row;
5558 char_u *buf;
5559 int len;
5560 int clen; /* length in screen cells */
5561 int fillchar;
5562 int attr;
5563 int i;
5564 int highlight = TRUE;
5565 char_u *selstart = NULL;
5566 int selstart_col = 0;
5567 char_u *selend = NULL;
5568 static int first_match = 0;
5569 int add_left = FALSE;
5570 char_u *s;
5571 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5572 int emenu;
5573 #endif
5574 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU)
5575 int l;
5576 #endif
5578 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */
5579 return;
5581 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5582 if (has_mbyte)
5583 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1);
5584 else
5585 #endif
5586 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1);
5587 if (buf == NULL)
5588 return;
5590 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */
5592 match = 0;
5593 highlight = FALSE;
5595 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */
5596 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3;
5597 if (match == 0)
5598 first_match = 0;
5599 else if (match < first_match)
5601 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */
5602 first_match = match;
5603 add_left = TRUE;
5605 else
5607 /* check if match fits on the screen */
5608 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i)
5609 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2;
5610 if (first_match > 0)
5611 clen += 2;
5612 /* jumping right, put match at the left */
5613 if ((long)clen > Columns)
5615 first_match = match;
5616 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */
5617 clen = 2;
5618 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i)
5620 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2;
5621 if ((long)clen >= Columns)
5622 break;
5624 if (i == num_matches)
5625 add_left = TRUE;
5628 if (add_left)
5629 while (first_match > 0)
5631 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2;
5632 if ((long)clen >= Columns)
5633 break;
5634 --first_match;
5637 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE);
5639 if (first_match == 0)
5641 *buf = NUL;
5642 len = 0;
5644 else
5646 STRCPY(buf, "< ");
5647 len = 2;
5649 clen = len;
5651 i = first_match;
5652 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns)
5654 if (i == match)
5656 selstart = buf + len;
5657 selstart_col = clen;
5660 s = L_MATCH(i);
5661 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */
5662 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5663 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5664 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES);
5665 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s))
5667 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|'));
5668 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len);
5669 len += l;
5670 clen += l;
5672 else
5673 #endif
5674 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s)
5676 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s);
5677 clen += ptr2cells(s);
5678 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5679 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1)
5681 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l);
5682 s += l - 1;
5683 len += l;
5685 else
5686 #endif
5688 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s));
5689 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len);
5692 if (i == match)
5693 selend = buf + len;
5695 *(buf + len++) = ' ';
5696 *(buf + len++) = ' ';
5697 clen += 2;
5698 if (++i == num_matches)
5699 break;
5702 if (i != num_matches)
5704 *(buf + len++) = '>';
5705 ++clen;
5708 buf[len] = NUL;
5710 row = cmdline_row - 1;
5711 if (row >= 0)
5713 if (wild_menu_showing == 0)
5715 if (msg_scrolled > 0)
5717 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is
5718 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */
5719 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1)
5721 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL);
5722 ++msg_scrolled;
5724 else
5726 ++cmdline_row;
5727 ++row;
5729 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED;
5731 else
5733 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2.
5734 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is
5735 * resized. */
5736 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0)
5738 save_p_ls = p_ls;
5739 save_p_wmh = p_wmh;
5740 p_ls = 2;
5741 p_wmh = 0;
5742 last_status(FALSE);
5744 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN;
5748 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr);
5749 if (selstart != NULL && highlight)
5751 *selend = NUL;
5752 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM));
5755 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr);
5758 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5759 win_redraw_last_status(topframe);
5760 #else
5761 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5762 #endif
5763 vim_free(buf);
5765 #endif
5767 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
5769 * Redraw the status line of window wp.
5771 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used.
5773 void
5774 win_redr_status(wp)
5775 win_T *wp;
5777 int row;
5778 char_u *p;
5779 int len;
5780 int fillchar;
5781 int attr;
5782 int this_ru_col;
5783 static int busy = FALSE;
5785 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly)
5786 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */
5787 if (busy)
5788 return;
5789 busy = TRUE;
5791 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE;
5792 if (wp->w_status_height == 0)
5794 /* no status line, can only be last window */
5795 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
5797 else if (!redrawing()
5798 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
5799 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be
5800 * drawn over it */
5801 || pum_visible()
5802 #endif
5805 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */
5806 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5808 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
5809 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL)
5811 /* redraw custom status line */
5812 redraw_custom_statusline(wp);
5814 #endif
5815 else
5817 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
5819 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer);
5820 p = NameBuff;
5821 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
5823 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help
5824 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
5825 || wp->w_p_pvw
5826 #endif
5827 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)
5828 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro)
5829 *(p + len++) = ' ';
5830 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help)
5832 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]"));
5833 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len);
5835 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
5836 if (wp->w_p_pvw)
5838 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]"));
5839 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len);
5841 #endif
5842 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer))
5844 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]");
5845 len += 3;
5847 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro)
5849 STRCPY(p + len, "[RO]");
5850 len += 4;
5853 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5854 this_ru_col = ru_col;
5855 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2)
5856 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2;
5857 #else
5858 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp));
5859 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2)
5860 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2;
5861 if (this_ru_col <= 1)
5863 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */
5864 len = 1;
5866 else
5867 #endif
5868 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5869 if (has_mbyte)
5871 int clen = 0, i;
5873 /* Count total number of display cells. */
5874 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i))
5875 clen += (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i);
5876 /* Find first character that will fit.
5877 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */
5878 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1;
5879 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i))
5880 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i);
5881 len = clen;
5882 if (i > 0)
5884 p = p + i - 1;
5885 *p = '<';
5886 ++len;
5890 else
5891 #endif
5892 if (len > this_ru_col - 1)
5894 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1);
5895 *p = '<';
5896 len = this_ru_col - 1;
5899 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
5900 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr);
5901 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp),
5902 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr);
5904 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL)
5905 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1))
5906 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff)
5907 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr);
5909 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
5910 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE);
5911 #endif
5914 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5916 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator.
5918 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing())
5920 if (stl_connected(wp))
5921 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
5922 else
5923 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr);
5924 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp),
5925 attr);
5927 #endif
5928 busy = FALSE;
5931 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
5933 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any
5934 * errors encountered.
5936 static void
5937 redraw_custom_statusline(wp)
5938 win_T *wp;
5940 static int entered = FALSE;
5941 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
5943 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline
5944 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */
5945 if (entered)
5946 return;
5947 entered = TRUE;
5949 called_emsg = FALSE;
5950 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE);
5951 if (called_emsg)
5953 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the
5954 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem
5955 * again and again. */
5956 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1,
5957 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL
5958 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR);
5960 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
5961 entered = FALSE;
5963 #endif
5965 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5967 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status
5968 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator.
5969 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0).
5972 stl_connected(wp)
5973 win_T *wp;
5975 frame_T *fr;
5977 fr = wp->w_frame;
5978 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL)
5980 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL)
5982 if (fr->fr_next != NULL)
5983 break;
5985 else
5987 if (fr->fr_next != NULL)
5988 return TRUE;
5990 fr = fr->fr_parent;
5992 return FALSE;
5994 # endif
5996 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */
5998 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO)
6000 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'.
6003 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len)
6004 win_T *wp;
6005 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */
6006 int len; /* length of buffer */
6008 char_u *p;
6010 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP)
6011 return FALSE;
6014 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6015 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf;
6016 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
6017 char_u *s;
6019 curbuf = wp->w_buffer;
6020 curwin = wp;
6021 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */
6022 ++emsg_skip;
6023 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE);
6024 --emsg_skip;
6025 curbuf = old_curbuf;
6026 curwin = old_curwin;
6027 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
6028 #endif
6030 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP
6031 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED)
6032 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap;
6033 else
6034 #endif
6035 p = (char_u *)"lang";
6037 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len)
6038 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p);
6039 else
6040 buf[0] = NUL;
6041 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6042 vim_free(s);
6043 #endif
6045 return buf[0] != NUL;
6047 #endif
6049 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO)
6051 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp".
6052 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'.
6054 static void
6055 win_redr_custom(wp, draw_ruler)
6056 win_T *wp;
6057 int draw_ruler; /* TRUE or FALSE */
6059 int attr;
6060 int curattr;
6061 int row;
6062 int col = 0;
6063 int maxwidth;
6064 int width;
6065 int n;
6066 int len;
6067 int fillchar;
6068 char_u buf[MAXPATHL];
6069 char_u *stl;
6070 char_u *p;
6071 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM];
6072 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM];
6073 int use_sandbox = FALSE;
6075 /* setup environment for the task at hand */
6076 if (wp == NULL)
6078 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */
6079 stl = p_tal;
6080 row = 0;
6081 fillchar = ' ';
6082 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF);
6083 maxwidth = Columns;
6084 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6085 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0);
6086 # endif
6088 else
6090 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
6091 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
6092 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp);
6094 if (draw_ruler)
6096 stl = p_ruf;
6097 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */
6098 if (*stl == '%')
6100 if (*++stl == '-')
6101 stl++;
6102 if (atoi((char *)stl))
6103 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl))
6104 stl++;
6105 if (*stl++ != '(')
6106 stl = p_ruf;
6108 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
6109 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp));
6110 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2)
6111 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2;
6112 #else
6113 col = ru_col;
6114 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2)
6115 col = (Columns + 1) / 2;
6116 #endif
6117 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
6118 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6119 if (!wp->w_status_height)
6120 #endif
6122 row = Rows - 1;
6123 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */
6124 fillchar = ' ';
6125 attr = 0;
6128 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6129 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0);
6130 # endif
6132 else
6134 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL)
6135 stl = wp->w_p_stl;
6136 else
6137 stl = p_stl;
6138 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6139 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline",
6140 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL);
6141 # endif
6144 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
6145 col += W_WINCOL(wp);
6146 #endif
6149 if (maxwidth <= 0)
6150 return;
6152 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that
6153 * might change the option value and free the memory. */
6154 stl = vim_strsave(stl);
6155 width = build_stl_str_hl(wp == NULL ? curwin : wp,
6156 buf, sizeof(buf),
6157 stl, use_sandbox,
6158 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab);
6159 vim_free(stl);
6160 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
6162 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1)
6164 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6165 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len);
6166 #else
6167 buf[len++] = fillchar;
6168 #endif
6169 ++width;
6171 buf[len] = NUL;
6174 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting.
6176 curattr = attr;
6177 p = buf;
6178 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++)
6180 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p);
6181 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr);
6182 col += vim_strnsize(p, len);
6183 p = hltab[n].start;
6185 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0)
6186 curattr = attr;
6187 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0)
6188 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl);
6189 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6190 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0)
6191 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1];
6192 #endif
6193 else
6194 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1];
6196 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr);
6198 if (wp == NULL)
6200 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */
6201 col = 0;
6202 len = 0;
6203 p = buf;
6204 fillchar = 0;
6205 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++)
6207 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p));
6208 while (col < len)
6209 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar;
6210 p = tabtab[n].start;
6211 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl;
6213 while (col < Columns)
6214 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar;
6218 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */
6221 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines.
6223 void
6224 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr)
6225 int c;
6226 int row, col;
6227 int attr;
6229 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6230 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
6232 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL;
6233 #else
6234 char_u buf[2];
6236 buf[0] = c;
6237 buf[1] = NUL;
6238 #endif
6239 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr);
6243 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]".
6244 * Also return its attribute in *attrp;
6246 void
6247 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp)
6248 int row, col;
6249 char_u *bytes;
6250 int *attrp;
6252 unsigned off;
6254 /* safety check */
6255 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns)
6257 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
6258 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off];
6259 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off];
6260 bytes[1] = NUL;
6262 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6263 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0)
6264 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL;
6265 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
6267 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off];
6268 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off];
6269 bytes[2] = NUL;
6271 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1)
6273 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1];
6274 bytes[2] = NUL;
6276 #endif
6280 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6281 static int screen_comp_differs __ARGS((int, int*));
6284 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from
6285 * composing characters in "u8cc".
6286 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0.
6288 static int
6289 screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)
6290 int off;
6291 int *u8cc;
6293 int i;
6295 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
6297 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i])
6298 return TRUE;
6299 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
6300 break;
6302 return FALSE;
6304 #endif
6307 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with
6308 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[].
6309 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary!
6310 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done.
6312 void
6313 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr)
6314 char_u *text;
6315 int row;
6316 int col;
6317 int attr;
6319 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr);
6323 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to
6324 * a NUL.
6326 void
6327 screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr)
6328 char_u *text;
6329 int len;
6330 int row;
6331 int col;
6332 int attr;
6334 unsigned off;
6335 char_u *ptr = text;
6336 int c;
6337 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6338 unsigned max_off;
6339 int mbyte_blen = 1;
6340 int mbyte_cells = 1;
6341 int u8c = 0;
6342 int u8cc[MAX_MCO];
6343 int clear_next_cell = FALSE;
6344 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
6345 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
6346 int pc, nc, nc1;
6347 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
6348 # endif
6349 #endif
6350 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6351 int force_redraw_this;
6352 int force_redraw_next = FALSE;
6353 #endif
6354 int need_redraw;
6356 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */
6357 return;
6358 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
6360 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6361 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the
6362 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */
6363 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns
6364 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
6365 && !gui.in_use
6366 # endif
6367 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col)
6369 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' ';
6370 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0;
6371 if (enc_utf8)
6373 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0;
6374 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0;
6376 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */
6377 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1);
6378 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */
6379 force_redraw_next = TRUE;
6381 #endif
6383 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6384 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
6385 #endif
6386 while (col < screen_Columns
6387 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len)
6388 && *ptr != NUL)
6390 c = *ptr;
6391 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6392 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */
6393 if (has_mbyte)
6395 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0)
6396 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr));
6397 else
6398 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
6399 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e)
6400 mbyte_cells = 1;
6401 else if (enc_dbcs != 0)
6402 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen;
6403 else /* enc_utf8 */
6405 if (len >= 0)
6406 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc,
6407 (int)((text + len) - ptr));
6408 else
6409 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc);
6410 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c);
6411 # ifdef UNICODE16
6412 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */
6413 if (u8c >= 0x10000)
6415 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?';
6416 if (attr == 0)
6417 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
6419 # endif
6420 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
6421 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c))
6423 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
6424 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len)
6426 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */
6427 nc = NUL;
6428 nc1 = NUL;
6430 else
6432 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc,
6433 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen));
6434 nc1 = pcc[0];
6436 pc = prev_c;
6437 prev_c = u8c;
6438 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc);
6440 else
6441 prev_c = u8c;
6442 # endif
6443 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns)
6445 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells:
6446 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */
6447 c = '>';
6448 mbyte_cells = 1;
6452 #endif
6454 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6455 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next;
6456 force_redraw_next = FALSE;
6457 #endif
6459 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c
6460 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6461 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6462 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0))
6463 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU
6464 && c == 0x8e
6465 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1])
6466 || (enc_utf8
6467 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] !=
6468 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c)
6469 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0
6470 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc))))
6471 #endif
6472 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr
6473 || exmode_active;
6475 if (need_redraw
6476 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6477 || force_redraw_this
6478 #endif
6481 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6482 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next
6483 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next
6484 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI
6485 * and for some xterms. */
6486 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && (
6487 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
6488 gui.in_use
6489 # endif
6490 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
6492 # endif
6493 # ifdef UNIX
6494 term_is_xterm
6495 # endif
6498 int n = ScreenAttrs[off];
6500 if (n > HL_ALL)
6501 n = syn_attr2attr(n);
6502 if (n & HL_BOLD)
6503 force_redraw_next = TRUE;
6505 #endif
6506 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6507 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell
6508 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next
6509 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char
6510 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once
6511 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */
6512 if (clear_next_cell)
6513 clear_next_cell = FALSE;
6514 else if (has_mbyte
6515 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL
6516 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len)
6517 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1)
6518 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6519 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1
6520 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1)))
6521 clear_next_cell = TRUE;
6523 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind,
6524 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */
6525 if (enc_dbcs
6526 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1)
6527 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6528 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1
6529 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1)))
6530 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0;
6531 #endif
6532 ScreenLines[off] = c;
6533 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr;
6534 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6535 if (enc_utf8)
6537 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0)
6538 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
6539 else
6541 int i;
6543 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c;
6544 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
6546 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i];
6547 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
6548 break;
6551 if (mbyte_cells == 2)
6553 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0;
6554 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr;
6556 screen_char(off, row, col);
6558 else if (mbyte_cells == 2)
6560 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1];
6561 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr;
6562 screen_char_2(off, row, col);
6564 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e)
6566 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1];
6567 screen_char(off, row, col);
6569 else
6570 #endif
6571 screen_char(off, row, col);
6573 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6574 if (has_mbyte)
6576 off += mbyte_cells;
6577 col += mbyte_cells;
6578 ptr += mbyte_blen;
6579 if (clear_next_cell)
6580 ptr = (char_u *)" ";
6582 else
6583 #endif
6585 ++off;
6586 ++col;
6587 ++ptr;
6591 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6592 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text
6593 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */
6594 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns)
6596 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6597 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1)
6598 screen_char_2(off, row, col);
6599 else
6600 # endif
6601 screen_char(off, row, col);
6603 #endif
6606 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
6608 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting.
6610 static void
6611 start_search_hl()
6613 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch)
6615 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm);
6616 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L);
6617 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6618 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */
6619 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm);
6620 # endif
6625 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting.
6627 static void
6628 end_search_hl()
6630 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL)
6632 vim_free(search_hl.rm.regprog);
6633 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL;
6638 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it.
6640 static void
6641 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum)
6642 win_T *wp;
6643 linenr_T lnum;
6645 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
6646 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
6647 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl
6648 has been processed or not */
6649 int n;
6652 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top
6653 * of the window or just after a closed fold.
6654 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list.
6656 cur = wp->w_match_head;
6657 shl_flag = FALSE;
6658 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
6660 if (shl_flag == FALSE)
6662 shl = &search_hl;
6663 shl_flag = TRUE;
6665 else
6666 shl = &cur->hl;
6667 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL
6668 && shl->lnum == 0
6669 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog))
6671 if (shl->first_lnum == 0)
6673 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6674 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum;
6675 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum)
6676 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1,
6677 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL))
6678 break;
6679 # else
6680 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline;
6681 # endif
6683 n = 0;
6684 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
6686 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n);
6687 if (shl->lnum != 0)
6689 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum
6690 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum
6691 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6692 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
6694 else
6696 ++shl->first_lnum;
6697 n = 0;
6701 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
6702 cur = cur->next;
6707 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match.
6708 * Uses shl->buf.
6709 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents.
6710 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless
6711 * shl->lnum is zero.
6712 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid.
6714 static void
6715 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol)
6716 win_T *win;
6717 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
6718 linenr_T lnum;
6719 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */
6721 linenr_T l;
6722 colnr_T matchcol;
6723 long nmatched;
6725 if (shl->lnum != 0)
6727 /* Check for three situations:
6728 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search.
6729 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it.
6730 * 3. Continue after the previous match.
6732 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6733 if (lnum > l)
6734 shl->lnum = 0;
6735 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol)
6736 return;
6740 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol"
6741 * or none is found in this line.
6743 called_emsg = FALSE;
6744 for (;;)
6746 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6747 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */
6748 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm)))
6750 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */
6751 break;
6753 #endif
6754 /* Three situations:
6755 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line.
6756 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character.
6757 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line.
6758 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match.
6760 if (shl->lnum == 0)
6761 matchcol = 0;
6762 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL
6763 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0
6764 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col))
6766 char_u *ml;
6768 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
6769 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol;
6770 if (*ml == NUL)
6772 ++matchcol;
6773 shl->lnum = 0;
6774 break;
6776 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6777 if (has_mbyte)
6778 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml);
6779 else
6780 #endif
6781 ++matchcol;
6783 else
6784 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
6786 shl->lnum = lnum;
6787 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, matchcol,
6788 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6789 &(shl->tm)
6790 #else
6791 NULL
6792 #endif
6794 if (called_emsg)
6796 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */
6797 if (shl == &search_hl)
6799 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */
6800 vim_free(shl->rm.regprog);
6801 no_hlsearch = TRUE;
6803 shl->rm.regprog = NULL;
6804 shl->lnum = 0;
6805 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" message */
6806 break;
6808 if (nmatched == 0)
6810 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */
6811 break;
6813 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0
6814 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol
6815 || nmatched > 1
6816 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol)
6818 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6819 break; /* useful match found */
6823 #endif
6825 static void
6826 screen_start_highlight(attr)
6827 int attr;
6829 attrentry_T *aep = NULL;
6831 screen_attr = attr;
6832 if (full_screen
6833 #ifdef WIN3264
6834 && termcap_active
6835 #endif
6838 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6839 if (gui.in_use)
6841 char buf[20];
6843 /* The GUI handles this internally. */
6844 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr);
6845 OUT_STR(buf);
6847 else
6848 #endif
6850 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */
6852 if (t_colors > 1)
6853 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr);
6854 else
6855 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr);
6856 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */
6857 attr = 0;
6858 else
6859 attr = aep->ae_attr;
6861 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */
6862 out_str(T_MD);
6863 else if (aep != NULL && t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
6864 && cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6865 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL
6866 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */
6867 out_str(T_ME);
6868 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */
6869 out_str(T_SO);
6870 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL)
6871 /* underline or undercurl */
6872 out_str(T_US);
6873 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */
6874 out_str(T_CZH);
6875 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */
6876 out_str(T_MR);
6879 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the
6880 * bold etc. override the color setting.
6882 if (aep != NULL)
6884 if (t_colors > 1)
6886 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color)
6887 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1);
6888 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
6889 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1);
6891 else
6893 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
6894 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start);
6901 void
6902 screen_stop_highlight()
6904 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */
6906 if (screen_attr != 0
6907 #ifdef WIN3264
6908 && termcap_active
6909 #endif
6912 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6913 if (gui.in_use)
6915 char buf[20];
6917 /* use internal GUI code */
6918 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr);
6919 OUT_STR(buf);
6921 else
6922 #endif
6924 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */
6926 attrentry_T *aep;
6928 if (t_colors > 1)
6931 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors!
6933 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr);
6934 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
6935 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color))
6936 do_ME = TRUE;
6938 else
6940 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr);
6941 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL)
6943 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0)
6944 do_ME = TRUE;
6945 else
6946 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
6949 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */
6950 screen_attr = 0;
6951 else
6952 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr;
6956 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the
6957 * same sequence several times.
6959 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT)
6961 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0)
6962 do_ME = TRUE;
6963 else
6964 out_str(T_SE);
6966 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL))
6968 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0)
6969 do_ME = TRUE;
6970 else
6971 out_str(T_UE);
6973 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC)
6975 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0)
6976 do_ME = TRUE;
6977 else
6978 out_str(T_CZR);
6980 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE)))
6981 out_str(T_ME);
6983 if (t_colors > 1)
6985 /* set Normal cterm colors */
6986 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0)
6987 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1);
6988 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0)
6989 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1);
6990 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6991 out_str(T_MD);
6995 screen_attr = 0;
6999 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim.
7000 * The machine specific code may override this again.
7002 void
7003 reset_cterm_colors()
7005 if (t_colors > 1)
7007 /* set Normal cterm colors */
7008 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
7010 out_str(T_OP);
7011 screen_attr = -1;
7013 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold)
7015 out_str(T_ME);
7016 screen_attr = -1;
7022 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col",
7023 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"].
7025 static void
7026 screen_char(off, row, col)
7027 unsigned off;
7028 int row;
7029 int col;
7031 int attr;
7033 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after
7034 * resizing). */
7035 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns)
7036 return;
7038 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen.
7039 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */
7040 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1
7041 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7042 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */
7043 && !cmdmsg_rl
7044 #endif
7047 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1;
7048 return;
7052 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor.
7054 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
7055 if (screen_char_attr != 0)
7056 attr = screen_char_attr;
7057 else
7058 #endif
7059 attr = ScreenAttrs[off];
7060 if (screen_attr != attr)
7061 screen_stop_highlight();
7063 windgoto(row, col);
7065 if (screen_attr != attr)
7066 screen_start_highlight(attr);
7068 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7069 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0)
7071 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
7073 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */
7075 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL;
7077 out_str(buf);
7078 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1)
7079 ++screen_cur_col;
7081 else
7082 #endif
7084 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7085 out_flush_check();
7086 #endif
7087 out_char(ScreenLines[off]);
7088 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7089 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */
7090 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
7091 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]);
7092 #endif
7095 screen_cur_col++;
7098 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7101 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"]
7102 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'.
7103 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to
7104 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between.
7106 static void
7107 screen_char_2(off, row, col)
7108 unsigned off;
7109 int row;
7110 int col;
7112 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */
7113 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns))
7114 return;
7116 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen.
7117 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */
7118 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2)
7120 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1;
7121 return;
7124 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the
7125 * second byte directly. */
7126 screen_char(off, row, col);
7127 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]);
7128 ++screen_cur_col;
7130 #endif
7132 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO)
7134 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE.
7135 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it.
7137 void
7138 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert)
7139 int row;
7140 int col;
7141 int height;
7142 int width;
7143 int invert;
7145 int r, c;
7146 int off;
7147 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7148 int max_off;
7149 #endif
7151 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */
7152 if (ScreenLines == NULL)
7153 return;
7155 if (invert)
7156 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE;
7157 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r)
7159 off = LineOffset[r];
7160 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7161 max_off = off + screen_Columns;
7162 #endif
7163 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c)
7165 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7166 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1)
7168 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c);
7169 ++c;
7171 else
7172 #endif
7174 screen_char(off + c, r, c);
7175 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7176 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1)
7177 ++c;
7178 #endif
7182 screen_char_attr = 0;
7184 #endif
7186 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7188 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window.
7190 static void
7191 redraw_block(row, end, wp)
7192 int row;
7193 int end;
7194 win_T *wp;
7196 int col;
7197 int width;
7199 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
7200 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1);
7201 # endif
7203 if (wp == NULL)
7205 col = 0;
7206 width = Columns;
7208 else
7210 col = wp->w_wincol;
7211 width = wp->w_width;
7213 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE);
7215 #endif
7218 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col'
7219 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns.
7220 * Use attributes 'attr'.
7222 void
7223 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr)
7224 int start_row, end_row;
7225 int start_col, end_col;
7226 int c1, c2;
7227 int attr;
7229 int row;
7230 int col;
7231 int off;
7232 int end_off;
7233 int did_delete;
7234 int c;
7235 int norm_term;
7236 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7237 int force_next = FALSE;
7238 #endif
7240 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */
7241 end_row = screen_Rows;
7242 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */
7243 end_col = screen_Columns;
7244 if (ScreenLines == NULL
7245 || start_row >= end_row
7246 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */
7247 return;
7249 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */
7250 norm_term = (
7251 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7252 !gui.in_use &&
7253 #endif
7254 t_colors <= 1);
7255 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row)
7257 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7258 if (has_mbyte
7259 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
7260 && !gui.in_use
7261 # endif
7264 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear
7265 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a
7266 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a
7267 * terminal. */
7268 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col)
7269 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0);
7270 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col)
7271 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0);
7273 #endif
7275 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a
7276 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a
7277 * space.
7279 did_delete = FALSE;
7280 if (c2 == ' '
7281 && end_col == Columns
7282 && can_clear(T_CE)
7283 && (attr == 0
7284 || (norm_term
7285 && attr <= HL_ALL
7286 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0))))
7289 * check if we really need to clear something
7291 col = start_col;
7292 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */
7293 ++col;
7295 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
7296 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col;
7298 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */
7299 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7300 if (enc_utf8)
7301 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' '
7302 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0)
7303 ++off;
7304 else
7305 #endif
7306 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' '
7307 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0)
7308 ++off;
7309 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */
7311 col = off - LineOffset[row];
7312 screen_stop_highlight();
7313 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */
7314 out_str(T_CE);
7315 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
7316 col = end_col - col;
7317 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */
7319 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
7320 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7321 if (enc_utf8)
7322 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
7323 #endif
7324 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0;
7325 ++off;
7328 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */
7331 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col;
7332 c = c1;
7333 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col)
7335 if (ScreenLines[off] != c
7336 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7337 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off]
7338 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0))
7339 #endif
7340 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr
7341 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7342 || force_next
7343 #endif
7346 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7347 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in
7348 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the
7349 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our
7350 * own GUI and for some xterms. */
7351 if (
7352 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
7353 gui.in_use
7354 # endif
7355 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
7357 # endif
7358 # ifdef UNIX
7359 term_is_xterm
7360 # endif
7363 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' '
7364 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL
7365 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD))
7366 force_next = TRUE;
7367 else
7368 force_next = FALSE;
7370 #endif
7371 ScreenLines[off] = c;
7372 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7373 if (enc_utf8)
7375 if (c >= 0x80)
7377 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c;
7378 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0;
7380 else
7381 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
7383 #endif
7384 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr;
7385 if (!did_delete || c != ' ')
7386 screen_char(off, row, col);
7388 ++off;
7389 if (col == start_col)
7391 if (did_delete)
7392 break;
7393 c = c2;
7396 if (end_col == Columns)
7397 LineWraps[row] = FALSE;
7398 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */
7400 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
7401 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ')
7402 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */
7403 if (start_col == 0)
7404 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */
7410 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the
7411 * screen or the command line.
7413 void
7414 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll)
7415 int check_msg_scroll;
7417 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll))
7418 && !did_wait_return
7419 && emsg_silent == 0)
7421 out_flush();
7422 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE);
7423 emsg_on_display = FALSE;
7424 if (check_msg_scroll)
7425 msg_scroll = FALSE;
7430 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed
7431 * If "clear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized.
7432 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to.
7433 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet.
7436 screen_valid(clear)
7437 int clear;
7439 screenalloc(clear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */
7440 return (ScreenLines != NULL);
7444 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns.
7445 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items.
7447 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating
7448 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing
7449 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items
7450 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the
7451 * final size of the shell is needed.
7453 void
7454 screenalloc(clear)
7455 int clear;
7457 int new_row, old_row;
7458 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7459 int old_Rows;
7460 #endif
7461 win_T *wp;
7462 int outofmem = FALSE;
7463 int len;
7464 schar_T *new_ScreenLines;
7465 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7466 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL;
7467 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO];
7468 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL;
7469 int i;
7470 #endif
7471 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs;
7472 unsigned *new_LineOffset;
7473 char_u *new_LineWraps;
7474 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7475 short *new_TabPageIdxs;
7476 tabpage_T *tp;
7477 #endif
7478 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */
7479 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */
7480 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7481 int retry_count = 0;
7483 retry:
7484 #endif
7486 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and
7487 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full
7488 * screen stuff.
7490 if ((ScreenLines != NULL
7491 && Rows == screen_Rows
7492 && Columns == screen_Columns
7493 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7494 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL)
7495 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL)
7496 && p_mco == Screen_mco
7497 #endif
7499 || Rows == 0
7500 || Columns == 0
7501 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL))
7502 return;
7505 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which
7506 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just
7507 * return here.
7509 if (entered)
7510 return;
7511 entered = TRUE;
7514 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays,
7515 * thus we must not redraw here!
7517 ++RedrawingDisabled;
7519 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */
7521 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */
7524 * We're changing the size of the screen.
7525 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs.
7526 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra
7527 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared).
7528 * - Free the old arrays.
7530 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything!
7531 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the
7532 * size is wrong.
7534 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
7535 win_free_lsize(wp);
7536 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7537 if (aucmd_win != NULL)
7538 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win);
7539 #endif
7541 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7542 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE);
7543 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7544 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO);
7545 if (enc_utf8)
7547 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7548 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE);
7549 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7550 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)(
7551 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE);
7553 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7554 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7555 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE);
7556 #endif
7557 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7558 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE);
7559 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)(
7560 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE);
7561 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE);
7562 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7563 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE);
7564 #endif
7566 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
7568 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL)
7570 outofmem = TRUE;
7571 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7572 goto give_up;
7573 #endif
7576 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7577 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL
7578 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL)
7579 outofmem = TRUE;
7580 #endif
7581 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7582 give_up:
7583 #endif
7585 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7586 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7587 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL)
7588 break;
7589 #endif
7590 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL
7591 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7592 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco))
7593 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL)
7594 #endif
7595 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL
7596 || new_LineOffset == NULL
7597 || new_LineWraps == NULL
7598 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7599 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL
7600 #endif
7601 || outofmem)
7603 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg)
7605 /* guess the size */
7606 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns));
7608 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over
7609 * and over again. */
7610 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE;
7612 vim_free(new_ScreenLines);
7613 new_ScreenLines = NULL;
7614 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7615 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC);
7616 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL;
7617 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7619 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]);
7620 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL;
7622 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2);
7623 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL;
7624 #endif
7625 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs);
7626 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL;
7627 vim_free(new_LineOffset);
7628 new_LineOffset = NULL;
7629 vim_free(new_LineWraps);
7630 new_LineWraps = NULL;
7631 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7632 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs);
7633 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL;
7634 #endif
7636 else
7638 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE;
7640 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row)
7642 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns;
7643 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE;
7646 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as
7647 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest
7648 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when
7649 * executing an external command, for the GUI).
7651 if (!clear)
7653 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns,
7654 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T));
7655 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7656 if (enc_utf8)
7658 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns,
7659 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T));
7660 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7661 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i]
7662 + new_row * Columns,
7663 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T));
7665 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7666 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns,
7667 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T));
7668 #endif
7669 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns,
7670 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T));
7671 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows);
7672 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL)
7674 if (screen_Columns < Columns)
7675 len = screen_Columns;
7676 else
7677 len = Columns;
7678 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7679 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they
7680 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */
7681 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL)
7682 && p_mco == Screen_mco)
7683 #endif
7684 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7685 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row],
7686 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T));
7687 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7688 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL
7689 && p_mco == Screen_mco)
7691 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7692 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row],
7693 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T));
7694 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7695 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i]
7696 + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7697 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row],
7698 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T));
7700 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL)
7701 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7702 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row],
7703 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T));
7704 #endif
7705 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7706 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row],
7707 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T));
7711 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */
7712 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns;
7715 free_screenlines();
7717 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines;
7718 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7719 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC;
7720 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7721 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i];
7722 Screen_mco = p_mco;
7723 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2;
7724 #endif
7725 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs;
7726 LineOffset = new_LineOffset;
7727 LineWraps = new_LineWraps;
7728 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7729 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs;
7730 #endif
7732 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual
7733 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */
7734 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7735 old_Rows = screen_Rows;
7736 #endif
7737 screen_Rows = Rows;
7738 screen_Columns = Columns;
7740 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */
7741 if (clear)
7742 screenclear2();
7744 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7745 else if (gui.in_use
7746 && !gui.starting
7747 && ScreenLines != NULL
7748 && old_Rows != Rows)
7750 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0);
7752 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external
7753 * command.
7755 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */
7756 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */
7757 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */
7758 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */
7759 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */
7760 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */
7762 #endif
7764 entered = FALSE;
7765 --RedrawingDisabled;
7767 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7769 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop
7770 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns.
7772 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3)
7774 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
7775 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns,
7776 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */
7777 goto retry;
7779 #endif
7782 void
7783 free_screenlines()
7785 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7786 int i;
7788 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC);
7789 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
7790 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]);
7791 vim_free(ScreenLines2);
7792 #endif
7793 vim_free(ScreenLines);
7794 vim_free(ScreenAttrs);
7795 vim_free(LineOffset);
7796 vim_free(LineWraps);
7797 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7798 vim_free(TabPageIdxs);
7799 #endif
7802 void
7803 screenclear()
7805 check_for_delay(FALSE);
7806 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */
7807 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */
7810 static void
7811 screenclear2()
7813 int i;
7815 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL
7816 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7817 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting)
7818 #endif
7820 return;
7822 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7823 if (!gui.in_use)
7824 #endif
7825 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */
7826 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */
7828 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
7829 /* disable selection without redrawing it */
7830 clip_scroll_selection(9999);
7831 #endif
7833 /* blank out ScreenLines */
7834 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i)
7836 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns);
7837 LineWraps[i] = FALSE;
7840 if (can_clear(T_CL))
7842 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */
7843 clear_cmdline = FALSE;
7844 mode_displayed = FALSE;
7846 else
7848 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */
7849 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i)
7850 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns);
7851 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
7854 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */
7856 win_rest_invalid(firstwin);
7857 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
7858 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7859 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
7860 #endif
7861 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */
7862 must_redraw = NOT_VALID;
7863 compute_cmdrow();
7864 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */
7865 msg_col = 0;
7866 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
7867 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */
7868 msg_didany = FALSE;
7869 msg_didout = FALSE;
7873 * Clear one line in ScreenLines.
7875 static void
7876 lineclear(off, width)
7877 unsigned off;
7878 int width;
7880 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T));
7881 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7882 if (enc_utf8)
7883 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0,
7884 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7885 #endif
7886 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7890 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an
7891 * invalid value.
7893 static void
7894 lineinvalid(off, width)
7895 unsigned off;
7896 int width;
7898 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7901 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7903 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp".
7905 static void
7906 linecopy(to, from, wp)
7907 int to;
7908 int from;
7909 win_T *wp;
7911 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol;
7912 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol;
7914 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from,
7915 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T));
7916 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7917 if (enc_utf8)
7919 int i;
7921 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from,
7922 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7923 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7924 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from,
7925 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7927 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7928 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from,
7929 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T));
7930 # endif
7931 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from,
7932 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7934 #endif
7937 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work.
7938 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background.
7941 can_clear(p)
7942 char_u *p;
7944 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1
7945 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7946 || gui.in_use
7947 #endif
7948 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL));
7952 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting
7953 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control
7954 * code.
7956 void
7957 screen_start()
7959 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999;
7963 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen.
7964 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of
7965 * characters sent to the terminal.
7967 void
7968 windgoto(row, col)
7969 int row;
7970 int col;
7972 sattr_T *p;
7973 int i;
7974 int plan;
7975 int cost;
7976 int wouldbe_col;
7977 int noinvcurs;
7978 char_u *bs;
7979 int goto_cost;
7980 int attr;
7982 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */
7983 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */
7985 #define PLAN_LE 1
7986 #define PLAN_CR 2
7987 #define PLAN_NL 3
7988 #define PLAN_WRITE 4
7989 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */
7990 if (ScreenLines == NULL)
7991 return;
7993 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row)
7995 /* Check for valid position. */
7996 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */
7997 row = 0;
7998 if (row >= screen_Rows)
7999 row = screen_Rows - 1;
8000 if (col >= screen_Columns)
8001 col = screen_Columns - 1;
8003 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */
8004 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL)
8005 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST;
8006 else
8007 noinvcurs = 0;
8008 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs;
8011 * Plan how to do the positioning:
8012 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row.
8013 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left.
8014 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0.
8015 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars.
8017 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor
8018 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't )
8020 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write
8021 * characters to move the cursor to the right.
8023 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns)
8026 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR
8027 * or T_LE.
8029 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */
8030 attr = screen_attr;
8031 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col)
8033 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */
8034 if (*T_LE)
8035 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */
8036 else
8037 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */
8038 if (*bs)
8039 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs);
8040 else
8041 cost = 999;
8042 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */
8044 plan = PLAN_CR;
8045 wouldbe_col = 0;
8046 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */
8048 else
8050 plan = PLAN_LE;
8051 wouldbe_col = col;
8053 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */
8055 cost += noinvcurs;
8056 attr = 0;
8061 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF.
8063 else if (row > screen_cur_row)
8065 plan = PLAN_NL;
8066 wouldbe_col = 0;
8067 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */
8068 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */
8070 cost += noinvcurs;
8071 attr = 0;
8076 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write.
8078 else
8080 plan = PLAN_WRITE;
8081 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col;
8082 cost = 0;
8086 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the
8087 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters.
8089 i = col - wouldbe_col;
8090 if (i > 0)
8091 cost += i;
8092 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0)
8095 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally
8096 * stopping highlighting.
8098 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col;
8099 while (i && *p++ == attr)
8100 --i;
8101 if (i != 0)
8104 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here.
8106 if (*--p == 0)
8108 cost += noinvcurs;
8109 while (i && *p++ == 0)
8110 --i;
8112 if (i != 0)
8113 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */
8115 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8116 if (enc_utf8)
8118 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */
8119 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i)
8120 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0)
8122 cost = 999;
8123 break;
8126 #endif
8130 * We can do it without term_windgoto()!
8132 if (cost < goto_cost)
8134 if (plan == PLAN_LE)
8136 if (noinvcurs)
8137 screen_stop_highlight();
8138 while (screen_cur_col > col)
8140 out_str(bs);
8141 --screen_cur_col;
8144 else if (plan == PLAN_CR)
8146 if (noinvcurs)
8147 screen_stop_highlight();
8148 out_char('\r');
8149 screen_cur_col = 0;
8151 else if (plan == PLAN_NL)
8153 if (noinvcurs)
8154 screen_stop_highlight();
8155 while (screen_cur_row < row)
8157 out_char('\n');
8158 ++screen_cur_row;
8160 screen_cur_col = 0;
8163 i = col - screen_cur_col;
8164 if (i > 0)
8167 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids
8168 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when
8169 * using the bold trick in the GUI.
8171 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL)
8173 while (i-- > 0)
8174 out_char(*T_ND);
8176 else
8178 int off;
8180 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col;
8181 while (i-- > 0)
8183 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr)
8184 screen_stop_highlight();
8185 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8186 out_flush_check();
8187 #endif
8188 out_char(ScreenLines[off]);
8189 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8190 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU
8191 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
8192 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]);
8193 #endif
8194 ++off;
8200 else
8201 cost = 999;
8203 if (cost >= goto_cost)
8205 if (noinvcurs)
8206 screen_stop_highlight();
8207 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) &&
8208 *T_CRI != NUL)
8209 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col);
8210 else
8211 term_windgoto(row, col);
8213 screen_cur_row = row;
8214 screen_cur_col = col;
8219 * Set cursor to its position in the current window.
8221 void
8222 setcursor()
8224 if (redrawing())
8226 validate_cursor();
8227 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow,
8228 W_WINCOL(curwin) + (
8229 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8230 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide
8231 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */
8232 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - (
8233 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8234 (has_mbyte
8235 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2
8236 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 :
8237 # endif
8238 1)) :
8239 #endif
8240 curwin->w_wcol));
8246 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp'
8247 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated.
8248 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than
8249 * scrolling.
8250 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success.
8253 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear)
8254 win_T *wp;
8255 int row;
8256 int line_count;
8257 int invalid;
8258 int mayclear;
8260 int did_delete;
8261 int nextrow;
8262 int lastrow;
8263 int retval;
8265 if (invalid)
8266 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
8268 if (wp->w_height < 5)
8269 return FAIL;
8271 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row)
8272 line_count = wp->w_height - row;
8274 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE);
8275 if (retval != MAYBE)
8276 return retval;
8279 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the
8280 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window.
8281 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid
8282 * messing up those windows, better just redraw.
8284 did_delete = FALSE;
8285 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8286 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height)
8288 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count,
8289 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK)
8290 did_delete = TRUE;
8291 else if (wp->w_next)
8292 return FAIL;
8294 #endif
8296 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window
8298 if (!did_delete)
8300 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8301 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8302 #endif
8303 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8304 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp);
8305 lastrow = nextrow + line_count;
8306 if (lastrow > Rows)
8307 lastrow = Rows;
8308 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count,
8309 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
8310 ' ', ' ', 0);
8313 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL)
8314 == FAIL)
8316 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */
8317 if (did_delete)
8319 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8320 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8321 #endif
8322 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp));
8324 return FAIL;
8327 return OK;
8331 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp"
8332 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated.
8333 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than
8334 * scrolling
8335 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted.
8338 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear)
8339 win_T *wp;
8340 int row;
8341 int line_count;
8342 int invalid;
8343 int mayclear;
8345 int retval;
8347 if (invalid)
8348 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
8350 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row)
8351 line_count = wp->w_height - row;
8353 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE);
8354 if (retval != MAYBE)
8355 return retval;
8357 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count,
8358 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL)
8359 return FAIL;
8361 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8363 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the
8364 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn.
8366 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1)
8368 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count,
8369 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL)
8371 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8372 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next);
8376 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the
8377 * command line later.
8379 else
8380 #endif
8381 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8382 return OK;
8386 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines().
8387 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done.
8388 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet.
8390 static int
8391 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del)
8392 win_T *wp;
8393 int row;
8394 int line_count;
8395 int mayclear;
8396 int del;
8398 int retval;
8400 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0)
8401 return FAIL;
8403 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */
8404 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5
8405 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8406 && wp->w_width == Columns
8407 #endif
8410 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */
8411 return FAIL;
8415 * Delete all remaining lines
8417 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height)
8419 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
8420 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
8421 ' ', ' ', 0);
8422 return OK;
8426 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared,
8427 * otherwise it will stay there forever.
8429 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
8432 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that.
8433 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from
8434 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using
8435 * win_line().
8436 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing
8437 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a
8438 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version.
8440 if (scroll_region
8441 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8442 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns
8443 #endif
8446 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8447 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL))
8448 #endif
8449 scroll_region_set(wp, row);
8450 if (del)
8451 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count,
8452 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp);
8453 else
8454 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count,
8455 wp->w_height - row, wp);
8456 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8457 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL))
8458 #endif
8459 scroll_region_reset();
8460 return retval;
8463 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8464 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */
8465 return FAIL;
8466 #endif
8468 return MAYBE;
8472 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw
8474 static void
8475 win_rest_invalid(wp)
8476 win_T *wp;
8478 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8479 while (wp != NULL)
8480 #else
8481 if (wp != NULL)
8482 #endif
8484 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID);
8485 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8486 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8487 wp = wp->w_next;
8488 #endif
8490 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8494 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The
8495 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding
8496 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor
8497 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen.
8498 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually
8499 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate
8500 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works.
8504 * types for inserting or deleting lines
8506 #define USE_T_CAL 1
8507 #define USE_T_CDL 2
8508 #define USE_T_AL 3
8509 #define USE_T_CE 4
8510 #define USE_T_DL 5
8511 #define USE_T_SR 6
8512 #define USE_NL 7
8513 #define USE_T_CD 8
8514 #define USE_REDRAW 9
8517 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]
8518 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows.
8519 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region.
8520 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region.
8522 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success.
8525 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp)
8526 int off;
8527 int row;
8528 int line_count;
8529 int end;
8530 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */
8532 int i;
8533 int j;
8534 unsigned temp;
8535 int cursor_row;
8536 int type;
8537 int result_empty;
8538 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE);
8541 * FAIL if
8542 * - there is no valid screen
8543 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely
8544 * - the line count is less than one
8545 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll'
8547 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll)
8548 return FAIL;
8551 * There are seven ways to insert lines:
8552 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the
8553 * characters from ScreenLines[].
8554 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of
8555 * the insert is just empty lines
8556 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not
8557 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts
8558 * at once.
8559 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the
8560 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count >
8561 * 1.
8562 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists.
8563 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is
8564 * just empty lines.
8565 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is
8566 * just empty lines.
8567 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and
8568 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability.
8569 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[].
8571 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves
8572 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it
8573 * exists.
8575 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end);
8576 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8577 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL)
8578 type = USE_REDRAW;
8579 else
8580 #endif
8581 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty)
8582 type = USE_T_CD;
8583 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL))
8584 type = USE_T_CAL;
8585 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce))
8586 type = USE_T_CDL;
8587 else if (*T_AL != NUL)
8588 type = USE_T_AL;
8589 else if (can_ce && result_empty)
8590 type = USE_T_CE;
8591 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty)
8592 type = USE_T_DL;
8593 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce))
8594 type = USE_T_SR;
8595 else
8596 return FAIL;
8599 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take
8600 * care of t_db if necessary.
8602 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL ||
8603 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL)
8604 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp);
8607 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many
8608 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that
8609 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines.
8611 if (*T_DB)
8612 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp);
8614 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
8615 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen
8616 * or not the full width of the screen. */
8617 if (off + row > 0
8618 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8619 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8620 # endif
8622 clip_clear_selection();
8623 else
8624 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count);
8625 #endif
8627 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8628 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the
8629 * scrolling is actually carried out. */
8630 gui_dont_update_cursor();
8631 #endif
8633 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */
8634 cursor_row = row;
8635 else
8636 cursor_row = row + off;
8639 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines.
8640 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[].
8642 row += off;
8643 end += off;
8644 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8646 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8647 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8649 /* need to copy part of a line */
8650 j = end - 1 - i;
8651 while ((j -= line_count) >= row)
8652 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp);
8653 j += line_count;
8654 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8655 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8656 else
8657 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8658 LineWraps[j] = FALSE;
8660 else
8661 #endif
8663 j = end - 1 - i;
8664 temp = LineOffset[j];
8665 while ((j -= line_count) >= row)
8667 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j];
8668 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j];
8670 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp;
8671 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE;
8672 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8673 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns);
8674 else
8675 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns);
8679 screen_stop_highlight();
8680 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8682 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8683 /* redraw the characters */
8684 if (type == USE_REDRAW)
8685 redraw_block(row, end, wp);
8686 else
8687 #endif
8688 if (type == USE_T_CAL)
8690 term_append_lines(line_count);
8691 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8693 else
8695 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++)
8697 if (type == USE_T_AL)
8699 if (i && cursor_row != 0)
8700 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8701 out_str(T_AL);
8703 else /* type == USE_T_SR */
8704 out_str(T_SR);
8705 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8710 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that
8711 * have been scrolled down into the region.
8713 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA)
8715 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8717 windgoto(off + i, 0);
8718 out_str(T_CE);
8719 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8723 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8724 gui_can_update_cursor();
8725 if (gui.in_use)
8726 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */
8727 #endif
8728 return OK;
8732 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]
8733 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows.
8734 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region.
8735 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region.
8737 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted.
8740 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp)
8741 int off;
8742 int row;
8743 int line_count;
8744 int end;
8745 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */
8746 win_T *wp UNUSED; /* NULL or window to use width from */
8748 int j;
8749 int i;
8750 unsigned temp;
8751 int cursor_row;
8752 int cursor_end;
8753 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */
8754 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */
8755 int type;
8758 * FAIL if
8759 * - there is no valid screen
8760 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely
8761 * - the line count is less than one
8762 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll'
8764 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 ||
8765 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll))
8766 return FAIL;
8769 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty.
8771 result_empty = row + line_count >= end;
8774 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option
8775 * available.
8777 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE));
8780 * There are six ways to delete lines:
8781 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the
8782 * characters from ScreenLines[].
8783 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty.
8784 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist.
8785 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or
8786 * none of the other ways work.
8787 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty.
8788 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists.
8789 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[].
8791 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8792 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL)
8793 type = USE_REDRAW;
8794 else
8795 #endif
8796 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty)
8797 type = USE_T_CD;
8798 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8)
8800 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in
8801 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB !=
8802 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_*
8803 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do
8804 * the trick...
8805 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release.
8806 * (Olaf Seibert)
8808 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option
8809 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL))
8810 #else
8811 else if (row == 0 && (
8812 #ifndef AMIGA
8813 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll
8814 * up, so use delete-line command */
8815 line_count == 1 ||
8816 #endif
8817 *T_CDL == NUL))
8818 #endif
8819 type = USE_NL;
8820 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete)
8821 type = USE_T_CDL;
8822 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty
8823 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8824 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns)
8825 #endif
8827 type = USE_T_CE;
8828 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete)
8829 type = USE_T_DL;
8830 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete)
8831 type = USE_T_CDL;
8832 else
8833 return FAIL;
8835 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
8836 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or
8837 * not the full width of the screen. */
8838 if (off + row > 0
8839 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8840 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8841 # endif
8843 clip_clear_selection();
8844 else
8845 clip_scroll_selection(line_count);
8846 #endif
8848 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8849 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the
8850 * scrolling is actually carried out. */
8851 gui_dont_update_cursor();
8852 #endif
8854 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */
8856 cursor_row = row;
8857 cursor_end = end;
8859 else
8861 cursor_row = row + off;
8862 cursor_end = end + off;
8866 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines.
8867 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[].
8869 row += off;
8870 end += off;
8871 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8873 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8874 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8876 /* need to copy part of a line */
8877 j = row + i;
8878 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1)
8879 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp);
8880 j -= line_count;
8881 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8882 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8883 else
8884 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8885 LineWraps[j] = FALSE;
8887 else
8888 #endif
8890 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */
8891 j = row + i;
8892 temp = LineOffset[j];
8893 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1)
8895 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j];
8896 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j];
8898 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp;
8899 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE;
8900 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8901 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns);
8902 else
8903 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns);
8907 screen_stop_highlight();
8909 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8910 /* redraw the characters */
8911 if (type == USE_REDRAW)
8912 redraw_block(row, end, wp);
8913 else
8914 #endif
8915 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */
8917 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8918 out_str(T_CD);
8919 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8921 else if (type == USE_T_CDL)
8923 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8924 term_delete_lines(line_count);
8925 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8928 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll
8929 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the
8930 * last line.
8932 else if (type == USE_NL)
8934 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0);
8935 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; )
8936 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */
8938 else
8940 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; )
8942 if (type == USE_T_DL)
8944 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8945 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */
8947 else /* type == USE_T_CE */
8949 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0);
8950 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */
8952 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8957 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been
8958 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region.
8960 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL))
8962 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i)
8964 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0);
8965 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */
8966 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8970 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8971 gui_can_update_cursor();
8972 if (gui.in_use)
8973 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */
8974 #endif
8976 return OK;
8980 * show the current mode and ruler
8982 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline.
8983 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be
8984 * cleared only if a mode is shown.
8985 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message).
8988 showmode()
8990 int need_clear;
8991 int length = 0;
8992 int do_mode;
8993 int attr;
8994 int nwr_save;
8995 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8996 int sub_attr;
8997 #endif
8999 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
9000 && ((State & INSERT)
9001 || restart_edit
9002 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
9003 || VIsual_active
9004 #endif
9006 if (do_mode || Recording)
9009 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping.
9010 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because
9011 * it takes a bit of time.
9013 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0)
9015 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */
9016 return 0;
9019 nwr_save = need_wait_return;
9021 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */
9022 check_for_delay(FALSE);
9024 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */
9025 need_clear = clear_cmdline;
9026 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1)
9027 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */
9029 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */
9030 msg_pos_mode();
9031 cursor_off();
9032 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */
9033 if (do_mode)
9035 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr);
9036 #if defined(FEAT_XIM)
9037 # if 0 /* old version, changed by SungHyun Nam July 2008 */
9038 if (xic != NULL && im_get_status() && !p_imdisable
9039 && curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM)
9040 # else
9041 if (
9042 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2
9043 preedit_get_status()
9044 # else
9045 im_get_status()
9046 # endif
9048 # endif
9049 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */
9050 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr);
9051 # else
9052 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr);
9053 # endif
9054 #endif
9055 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI)
9056 if (gui.in_use)
9058 if (hangul_input_state_get())
9059 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */
9061 #endif
9062 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9063 if (edit_submode != NULL) /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */
9065 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow
9066 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */
9067 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3;
9068 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
9069 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra);
9070 if (length > 0)
9072 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL)
9073 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre);
9074 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0)
9076 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL)
9077 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr);
9078 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr);
9080 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
9082 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */
9083 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT)
9084 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl);
9085 else
9086 sub_attr = attr;
9087 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr);
9090 length = 0;
9092 else
9093 #endif
9095 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9096 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9097 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr);
9098 else
9099 #endif
9100 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9101 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr);
9102 else if (State & INSERT)
9104 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9105 if (p_ri)
9106 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr);
9107 #endif
9108 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr);
9110 else if (restart_edit == 'I')
9111 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr);
9112 else if (restart_edit == 'R')
9113 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr);
9114 else if (restart_edit == 'V')
9115 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr);
9116 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9117 if (p_hkmap)
9118 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr);
9119 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
9120 if (p_fkmap)
9121 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr);
9122 # endif
9123 #endif
9124 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP
9125 if (State & LANGMAP)
9127 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
9128 if (curwin->w_p_arab)
9129 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr);
9130 else
9131 # endif
9132 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr);
9134 #endif
9135 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste)
9136 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr);
9138 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
9139 if (VIsual_active)
9141 char *p;
9143 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation
9144 * problems. */
9145 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0)
9146 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2
9147 + (VIsual_mode == 'V'))
9149 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break;
9150 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break;
9151 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break;
9152 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break;
9153 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break;
9154 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break;
9156 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr);
9158 #endif
9159 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr);
9162 need_clear = TRUE;
9164 if (Recording
9165 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9166 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */
9167 #endif
9170 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr);
9171 need_clear = TRUE;
9174 mode_displayed = TRUE;
9175 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline)
9176 msg_clr_eos();
9177 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */
9178 length = msg_col;
9179 msg_col = 0;
9180 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */
9182 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0)
9183 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */
9184 msg_clr_cmdline();
9186 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9187 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
9188 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */
9189 if (VIsual_active)
9190 clear_showcmd();
9191 # endif
9193 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode
9194 * message and must be redrawn */
9195 if (redrawing()
9196 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9197 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0
9198 # endif
9200 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE);
9201 #endif
9202 redraw_cmdline = FALSE;
9203 clear_cmdline = FALSE;
9205 return length;
9209 * Position for a mode message.
9211 static void
9212 msg_pos_mode()
9214 msg_col = 0;
9215 msg_row = Rows - 1;
9219 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end
9220 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!).
9221 * Caller should check "mode_displayed".
9223 void
9224 unshowmode(force)
9225 int force;
9228 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping.
9230 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped))
9231 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */
9232 else
9234 msg_pos_mode();
9235 if (Recording)
9236 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM));
9237 msg_clr_eos();
9241 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
9243 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window.
9245 static void
9246 draw_tabline()
9248 int tabcount = 0;
9249 tabpage_T *tp;
9250 int tabwidth;
9251 int col = 0;
9252 int scol = 0;
9253 int attr;
9254 win_T *wp;
9255 win_T *cwp;
9256 int wincount;
9257 int modified;
9258 int c;
9259 int len;
9260 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS);
9261 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP);
9262 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF);
9263 char_u *p;
9264 int room;
9265 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8
9266 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
9267 && !gui.in_use
9268 #endif
9271 redraw_tabline = FALSE;
9273 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
9274 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */
9275 if (gui_use_tabline())
9277 gui_update_tabline();
9278 return;
9280 #endif
9282 if (tabline_height() < 1)
9283 return;
9285 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
9287 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */
9288 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol)
9289 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0;
9291 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */
9292 if (*p_tal != NUL)
9294 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
9296 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the
9297 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */
9298 called_emsg = FALSE;
9299 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE);
9300 if (called_emsg)
9301 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1,
9302 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR);
9303 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
9305 else
9306 #endif
9308 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next)
9309 ++tabcount;
9311 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount;
9312 if (tabwidth < 6)
9313 tabwidth = 6;
9315 attr = attr_nosel;
9316 tabcount = 0;
9317 scol = 0;
9318 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4;
9319 tp = tp->tp_next)
9321 scol = col;
9323 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe)
9324 attr = attr_sel;
9325 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0)
9326 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr);
9328 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe)
9329 attr = attr_nosel;
9331 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9333 if (tp == curtab)
9335 cwp = curwin;
9336 wp = firstwin;
9338 else
9340 cwp = tp->tp_curwin;
9341 wp = tp->tp_firstwin;
9344 modified = FALSE;
9345 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount)
9346 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer))
9347 modified = TRUE;
9348 if (modified || wincount > 1)
9350 if (wincount > 1)
9352 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount);
9353 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff);
9354 if (col + len >= Columns - 3)
9355 break;
9356 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col,
9357 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
9358 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T))
9359 #else
9360 attr
9361 #endif
9363 col += len;
9365 if (modified)
9366 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr);
9367 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9370 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1;
9371 if (room > 0)
9373 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */
9374 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer);
9375 shorten_dir(NameBuff);
9376 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff);
9377 p = NameBuff;
9378 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9379 if (has_mbyte)
9380 while (len > room)
9382 len -= ptr2cells(p);
9383 mb_ptr_adv(p);
9385 else
9386 #endif
9387 if (len > room)
9389 p += len - room;
9390 len = room;
9392 if (len > Columns - col - 1)
9393 len = Columns - col - 1;
9395 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr);
9396 col += len;
9398 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9400 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that
9401 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */
9402 ++tabcount;
9403 while (scol < col)
9404 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount;
9407 if (use_sep_chars)
9408 c = '_';
9409 else
9410 c = ' ';
9411 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill);
9413 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */
9414 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
9416 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel);
9417 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999;
9421 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be
9422 * set. */
9423 redraw_tabline = FALSE;
9427 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[].
9428 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters.
9430 void
9431 get_trans_bufname(buf)
9432 buf_T *buf;
9434 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL)
9435 STRCPY(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf));
9436 else
9437 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE);
9438 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
9440 #endif
9442 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
9444 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr".
9446 static int
9447 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin)
9448 int *attr;
9449 int is_curwin;
9451 int fill;
9452 if (is_curwin)
9454 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S);
9455 fill = fill_stl;
9457 else
9459 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC);
9460 fill = fill_stlnc;
9462 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current
9463 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the
9464 * current window */
9465 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC)
9466 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin)
9467 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc)))
9468 return fill;
9469 if (is_curwin)
9470 return '^';
9471 return '=';
9473 #endif
9475 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9477 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows.
9478 * Get its attributes in "*attr".
9480 static int
9481 fillchar_vsep(attr)
9482 int *attr;
9484 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C);
9485 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ')
9486 return '|';
9487 else
9488 return fill_vert;
9490 #endif
9493 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done.
9496 redrawing()
9498 return (!RedrawingDisabled
9499 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw));
9503 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done.
9506 messaging()
9508 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped));
9512 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places
9513 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed.
9515 void
9516 showruler(always)
9517 int always;
9519 if (!always && !redrawing())
9520 return;
9521 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9522 if (pum_visible())
9524 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9525 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */
9526 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
9527 # endif
9528 return;
9530 #endif
9531 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
9532 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height)
9534 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin);
9536 else
9537 #endif
9538 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9539 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always);
9540 #endif
9542 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
9543 if (need_maketitle
9544 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
9545 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON))
9546 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE))
9547 # endif
9549 maketitle();
9550 #endif
9551 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9552 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */
9553 if (redraw_tabline)
9554 draw_tabline();
9555 #endif
9558 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9559 static void
9560 win_redr_ruler(wp, always)
9561 win_T *wp;
9562 int always;
9564 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70
9565 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN];
9566 int row;
9567 int fillchar;
9568 int attr;
9569 int empty_line = FALSE;
9570 colnr_T virtcol;
9571 int i;
9572 size_t len;
9573 int o;
9574 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9575 int this_ru_col;
9576 int off = 0;
9577 int width = Columns;
9578 # define WITH_OFF(x) x
9579 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x
9580 #else
9581 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0
9582 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns
9583 # define this_ru_col ru_col
9584 #endif
9586 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */
9587 if (!p_ru)
9588 return;
9591 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called
9592 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected.
9594 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
9595 return;
9597 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9598 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite
9599 * the (long) mode message. */
9600 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9601 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0)
9602 # endif
9603 if (edit_submode != NULL)
9604 return;
9605 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */
9606 if (pum_visible())
9607 return;
9608 #endif
9610 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
9611 if (*p_ruf)
9613 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
9615 called_emsg = FALSE;
9616 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE);
9617 if (called_emsg)
9618 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1,
9619 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR);
9620 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
9621 return;
9623 #endif
9626 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1").
9628 if (!(State & INSERT)
9629 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL)
9630 empty_line = TRUE;
9633 * Only draw the ruler when something changed.
9635 validate_virtcol_win(wp);
9636 if ( redraw_cmdline
9637 || always
9638 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum
9639 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col
9640 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol
9641 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9642 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd
9643 #endif
9644 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline
9645 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count
9646 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9647 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill
9648 #endif
9649 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty)
9651 cursor_off();
9652 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9653 if (wp->w_status_height)
9655 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
9656 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
9657 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9658 off = W_WINCOL(wp);
9659 width = W_WIDTH(wp);
9660 # endif
9662 else
9663 #endif
9665 row = Rows - 1;
9666 fillchar = ' ';
9667 attr = 0;
9668 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9669 width = Columns;
9670 off = 0;
9671 #endif
9674 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */
9675 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol;
9676 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL)
9678 wp->w_p_list = FALSE;
9679 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL);
9680 wp->w_p_list = TRUE;
9684 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer.
9685 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here.
9687 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,",
9688 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY)
9689 ? 0L
9690 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum));
9691 len = STRLEN(buffer);
9692 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len,
9693 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1,
9694 (int)virtcol + 1);
9697 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it.
9698 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the
9699 * screen up on some terminals).
9701 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer);
9702 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1);
9703 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1);
9704 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9705 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */
9706 #endif
9707 ++o;
9708 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9709 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width);
9710 if (this_ru_col < 0)
9711 this_ru_col = 0;
9712 #endif
9713 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other
9714 * half for the filename. */
9715 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2)
9716 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2;
9717 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width))
9719 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width))
9721 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9722 if (has_mbyte)
9723 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i);
9724 else
9725 #endif
9726 buffer[i++] = fillchar;
9727 ++o;
9729 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i);
9731 /* Truncate at window boundary. */
9732 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9733 if (has_mbyte)
9735 o = 0;
9736 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i))
9738 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i);
9739 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width))
9741 buffer[i] = NUL;
9742 break;
9746 else
9747 #endif
9748 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width))
9749 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL;
9751 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr);
9752 i = redraw_cmdline;
9753 screen_fill(row, row + 1,
9754 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer),
9755 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)),
9756 fillchar, fillchar, attr);
9757 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */
9758 redraw_cmdline = i;
9759 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor;
9760 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol;
9761 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line;
9762 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline;
9763 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count;
9764 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9765 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill;
9766 #endif
9769 #endif
9771 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO)
9773 * Return the width of the 'number' column.
9774 * Caller may need to check if 'number' is set.
9775 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count.
9778 number_width(wp)
9779 win_T *wp;
9781 int n;
9782 linenr_T lnum;
9784 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count;
9785 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count)
9786 return wp->w_nrwidth_width;
9787 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum;
9789 n = 0;
9792 lnum /= 10;
9793 ++n;
9794 } while (lnum > 0);
9796 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */
9797 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1)
9798 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1;
9800 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n;
9801 return n;
9803 #endif